Home
Using Insight - Thermal Geophysics Research Group
Contents
1. Exercise 3 Save the Project with a New Name When you havefinished making modificationsto the project file saveit with anew name 1 Select Save As from the File menu in the Visualization window A Save Project As dialog opens 2 Inthedialog select a directory in which to place thefile Save the fileastutorial ipj 3 Inthe dialog click OK When you next open this project file it will display the visualization as you have left it Exercise 4 Exit Insight Select Exit from the File menu Insight quits and all projects are closed If you have any unsaved projects Insight will prompt you to save them Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 167 Tutorial 2 Visualizations Styles and Printing Insight makes visualizing data simple This tutorial walks you through steps for visualizing a data item in the Visualization window and modifying its properties What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to Create different visualizations M odify properties Insert plot lines Save a visualization style Apply a style to a visualization Annotate and print a visualization Exercise 1 Open the Tutorial Project 1 If you have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj Start Insight See Start Insight and Open a Project on page 165 if you re unsure how to do this The tutorial ipj f
2. A Corsplenar j Feas gt Deas Pel used to create IDL arrays of different types Bieri SS byte arrays floating point arrays etc Dcerka Fd Es Optionsendingin arr BYTARR etc create head ri Biip arrays of the specified size with each element Loran fi Ar set equal to zero Options ending in gen Birsin i Fa Pd Findgen etc create arrays of the specified E gal r AP FI size with each element set equal to the one ae AnA dimensional array index of the element Fireigan fl Romi 4 indgan faery a Lingigen H 7 Bytarr X Creates a byte array eae na Complexarr X Creates a single precision complex array raha Dblarr X Creates a double precision floating point array Dcomplexarr X Creates a double precision complex array Fltarr X Creates a floating point array Intarr X Creates an integer array Lonarr X Creates a long integer array Bindgen X Creates a binary array with each value set to its index Cindgen X Creates a complex single precision floating point array with each value set to its index D cindgen X Creates a complex double precision floating point array with each value set to its index Dindgen X Creates a double precision integer array with each value set to its index Findgen X Creates a floating point array with each value set to its index Indgen X Creates an integer array with each value set to its index Lindgen X Creates a longword integer array with each value set to it
3. A Quadratic Gaussian curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the quadratic gaussian equation using a non linear least squares fit algorithm the parameters A B C D E and F are calculated Typical Uses Use the Quadratic Gaussian curve fit when your data has the characteristics of a quadratic G aussian curve For information see GAU SSFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Variable Sinc y A sin Bx Cx Description A Variable Sinc curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the variable sinc equation using anon linear least squares fit algorithm the parameters A B and C are calculated Typical Uses Use the Variable Sinc curve fit when your data has the characteristics of the variable sinc curve For information see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Using Insight 131 Quadratic Gowan Ad Bed apap P Pre Warkog ke Tre b pee hie Curve Fitting 132 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Image Processing rer Select Process Images to open a dialog which allows you to process C misa images The dialog options displayed depend on the algorithm selected When you select an algorithm from the dialog s Algorithm droplist the unique options associated with that algorithm appear Fowmtatx For moredetails see mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Teni Puga What is Image Processing Image processing uses various methods to filter and transf
4. Dahr ite Lien Tae a e Festu Fmi ter el Lime Types Saji Properties Dialog for Surfaces When you select a surface in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowing you to modify properties of the surface Thissection describes the dialog controls and how to use them Name Text Field A surfaceis identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever a surface needs to be referenced textually for example in lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Minimum Value Slider and Text Field Usethe Minimum Value slider or text field to limit the data you display Data values less than this value are not displayed The default value is the minimum value of the data Maximum Value Slider and Text Field Use the M aximum Value slider or text field to limit the data you display Data values larger than this value are not displayed The default value is the maximum value of the data Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 86 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Show Skirt Checkbox Select Show Skirt to display a skirt around the surface at the given Z value Skirt Z Value Text Field Enter the value at which the skirt around the surface will be displayed in the Skirt Z Value text field The Z value is ex
5. OK Insight displays a visualization of the data in the Visualization window Exercise 3 Modify the Surface 1 IntheVisualization window double click on the blue surface area The Properties dialog for the surface opens 2 From the Bottom Color droplist select Green 3 Click OK to accept the changes Exercise 4 Rotate the Surface You ll notice that for this particular visualization we only can see the top color blue Let s rotate the surface so we can see the underside To rotate the surface click and hold down the mouse button near the center of the window Slowly drag the mouse pointer straight up continuingto hold the button down You ll notice that the surface changes from a solid to alower resolution representation as you drag and that the surface plot and its axes rotates away from you so that you can see the underneath Release the mouse button and the solid surface is redisplayed See Preferences Dialog General on page 22 for information changing the quality of the visualization as you drag Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 173 Insight s rotation feature works likea virtual trackball maginethat thereisan invisible sphere the size of the Visualization window located with its center at the center of the visualization When you click the mouse button it is as if you are clicking on the surface of this invisible sphere Dragging the mouse pointer is like rotating the sphere
6. bitmaps bmc inst20 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst21l bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst22 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst23 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst24 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst25 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst26 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst28 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst29 bmp 226 bitmaps bme inst04 bmp 225 bitmaps bme inst05 bmp 225 bitmaps bmc inst06 bmp 225 bitmaps bme inst07 bmp 225 bitmaps bme inst08 bmp 225 bitmaps bme inst09 bmp 225 bitmaps bmc inst10 bmp 225 bitmaps bitmaps bmc inst12 bmp 225 bitmaps bmc inst13 bmp 225 bitmaps bmc inst14 bmp 225 bitmaps bmc inst15 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc instl6 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst1l7 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst18 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst19 bmp 226 bitmaps bmc inst27 bmp 226 bitmaps 04 05 06 07 08 09 320 2 21 222 23 2 24 25 226 27 23 229 30 Select Data File To Import Dialog 225 mom 225 Select File Format Dialog 225 Define and Read ASCII Dialog 1 225 Define and Read ASCII Dialog 2 225 Define and Read ASCII Dialog 3 225 Enter a Project to Save for Writing Dialog 225 1 General Customization Preferences 225 Menu Customization Preferences 225 PlugIns Customization Preferences 225 Preferences Customization Preferences 225 About Insight Dialog 225 Data Manager window 226 226 Import IDL VariablesDialog 226 Scalar Dialog 226 Array
7. then the name of the read procedure would be READMyPPM Arguments to the Read Procedure Read procedures should accept two arguments the name of the file to be read and a named variable that will contain the data name created by Insight You can change the data name if you wish Keywords to the Read Procedure Read procedures should accept the following keywords EXTRA Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a structure of information provided by Insight You will pass this information back to Insight by specifying the _EXTRA keyword in your Plugln s call to INSPUT You must specify this keyword when creating your Read procedure GROUP Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the widget ID of the widget base over which Insight will center any dialogs associated with this routine Pass this variable to the INSPUT routine via its GROUP keyword TAIL Set this keyword equal to the base filename that is the filenameand extension without any directory information of the file to be read This keyword is optional Example Read Procedure A Plugin Read procedure definition should look something like this pro READplugin filename name GROUP group TAIL tail EEXTRA extra IDL statements to read a file Call to INSPUT to insert the data into Insight END Write Procedure Callback A Write procedure writes a specified fileto the computer s filesystem When a user selects Export File o
8. 52 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data Visualization Window Menubar The menubar across the top of the Visualization window groups Insight operations into six main menus File Edit Visualize Analyze View and Help When you select a menu option that is followed by an ellipsis Insight opens a dialog or window so you can enter more information or select options before performing an operation You ll find descriptions of Visualization window menus throughout this volume Chapter 2 Getting Started describes the File menu project management options and Help menu options Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations describes the Edit menu how to edit annotate and change the properties of visualizations Chapter 6 Analyzing Data describes the Analyze menu performing analyze operations accessing Analysis Plugins usingtheformulator This chapter describes the Visualize M enu how to display data in the Visualization window and View M enu how to specify your view in of the data in the window The Visualize Menu E a Lins Fol The Visualize menu provides options for visualizing data in the irate Pti Visualization window Using these options you can visualize line arena plots scatter plots histogram plots polar plots contours images Cone and surfaces Each option opens a dialog from which you can select data and specify options The data items available include data in the alaca project that fit the current o
9. Click OK to close the Properties dialog You will notice that the text annotation now reads Scatter Plot in M yStyleL Select Save Project from the File menu to save these changes to the project Select Print from the File menu to print the contents of the Visualization window on your system printer By default Insight will scale your visualization to fit the page You can alter this behavior by modifying the Print Scaling settings in Insight s General Preferences dialog See Preferences Dialog General on page 22 for details Select Exit from the Filemenu Remember that thenext time you open this project the Visualization window will appear with the Scatter Plot displayed Using Insight 170 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Tutorial 3 Visualizing a Contour This tutorial walks you through steps for visualizing a contour over an imagein the Visualization window and modifying its properties What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e Visualize an Image e Visualize a Contour e Modify Contour Properties e Modify Properties of a Visualization Exercise 1 Start Insight and Open a Project 1 If you have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj Hint Start IDL then start Insight by entering the following at the DL command prompt Note If your display only supports 256 colors you s
10. INSIS arii stare Ae eacsaneducievereuineuddanavettueny 201 188 Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface This chapter describes the nsight routines you can useto invokeand interact with Insight from the DL command line or from within a Plugin You should havea working knowledge of IDL to use these routines Insight API routines documented in this chapter are IN SIGHT INSPUT INSGET and INSVIS A description of each routine follows its name Beneath the general descriptions are sections that specify the routine s calling sequence its arguments and its keywords All keywords are optional unless specified as required Using Insight Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 189 INSIGHT UsetheINSIGHT procedure to start Insight from the IDL command line optionally passing datainto the application Calling Sequence INSIGHT Structure or INSIGHT Var1 Varn Arguments Structure An IDL structure variable containing data to import into Insight Each element of the structure will becomean Insight data item The structure may not contain objects arrays of pointers or substructures The structure tag names will be used as the corresponding Insight data names Varl am Oneor more DL non structure variables to import into Insight The variables cannot be objects arrays of pointers or structures The variable names will be used as the corresponding Insight data names Keywords IMPORT_FILE Set this keyword equal to
11. P Page Setup 21 Plugins 48 Analysis 212 Conditioning 210 File 206 Installing 204 Introduction 204 M enu Data M anager 48 M enu Visualization Window 162 Removing 204 writing 204 PLUGINS PATH keyword 189 Polar Plots 56 PREFERENCE_FILE keyword 190 Preferences 22 Process Image algorithms Density Function 134 Dilate 135 Erode 136 FFT 138 FFT Inverse 139 Flip Horizontal 140 Flip Vertical 140 LeeFilter 141 Roberts Edge Enhance 142 Rotate Array 142 Sobel Edge Enhance 143 Subtract 145 Thin 144 Transpose 144 Wavelet Inverse 146 Wavelet Transform 145 Process Images 132 Project Browser Dialog 193 198 PROJECT_FILE keyword 190 Projects Closing 20 Creating 19 Managing 19 Opening 20 Saving 20 Saving As 20 Using Insight Index 221 Sharing Data 15 template file 19 Properties Dialog 74 colorbar annotation 90 legend annotation 93 line annotation 96 rectangle annotation 97 text annotation 98 Properties of Visualizations Annotation 90 Axes 87 Contour 81 General 74 Histogram Plot 79 Image 83 LinePlot 75 Polar Plot 80 Scatter Plot 78 Surface 85 PTR_OUT keyword 192 R Reading ASCII files 37 RED keyword 192 196 Redo 38 68 Reformat 44 Rendering 24 REPLACE keyword 196 Resize 45 retrieving data from Insight 191 Reverse 46 Roberts Edge Enhance 142 Rotate Array 142 RSI electronic mail address 10 RSI postal address 10 RSI telephone and fax numbers 10 runtime mode 12 165 S Sample 46 scalar att
12. Preserve Aspect Ratio Checkbox Select this checkbox to preserve the image aspect ratio Options for Sobel Edge Enhance Description The Sobel Edge Enhance filter is similar to the Roberts Edge Enhance filter It provides another means of imageedgesharpening and isolation Tabal ide har Figur 14 0riginahdSobeFilteratage Saturn s rings Typical Uses As with the Roberts filter use the Sobel filter when viewing the edges or margins of an image is important It can also be used to produce image effects Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Sobel Edge Enhance Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see SOBEL in the IDL Reference Guide and I mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Using Insight Image Processing 144 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Fields Unique to the Sobel Edge Enhancement Dialog Thereareno fields uniqueto this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Options for Thin Description TheThin algorithm is a method of displaying the skeleton or outline of an image Typical Uses Use thinning to view the outline or skeleton of an image Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Thin Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see THIN in the DL Reference Guide and Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of
13. This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button To savethe output data generated by this analysis to aname other than the default name listed in the text field click in the text field and edit or click the Browse button and select a data item Ed SS ais gt Se n i Sah SL eo Figur 19 Top Nois indave andSmoothedindave BottomMoisy Image Neptune s moon Triton and Smoothed Image Using Insight Smoothing 152 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data The Formulator a The Formulator gives you the power to create and evaluate formulas aun A formula is like any other IDL expression except that it can contain Aenea takes Insight data items the names of data items are enclosed in vertical Seon bars and the result is optionally placed into an Insight data item see Result Data Name This section provides an overview of Formulator features For more detail on specific options see Chapter 3 Expressions and Operators of Building DL Applications Select the Formulator option from the Analyze Pulldown M enu to open the Formulator Clicking Browse opena listidata Additional Pulldown menus items for input Operatof 1 data manipulati fy Cove lige Tee Mite khit Cate ds Thiere kauri dili iire Data Iten name goes here Panini ET aiaa E Plead Pista Llp y _bop E Uepi Berge Am Dh ost T Ha E Form
14. Typical Uses Use hyperbolic curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of a hyperbolic curve For more information see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide 129 Logsquare A Blog x Clog x 2 Hyperbolic Lia Gxt a Hyperbolic Trigonometric y A Bsinh Cx Dcosh Ex Description A Hyperbolic Trigonometric curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the hyperbolic trigonometric equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linear leas squares fit the parameters A B C D and E are calculated Typical Uses Usehyperbolic trigonometric curvefitting when your data has the characteristics of hyperbolic trigonometric curves For moreinformation see CURVEFIT in theIDL Reference Guide Using Insight Hyperbolic Trig A Bsinh Cx Deosh Ex Curve Fitting 130 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Logistic y 1 A BC Description E A Logistic curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series gat wed vector to the logistic equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the parameters A B and C are calculated Typical Uses Use logistic curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of a logistic curve For moreinformation see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Geometric y A 5x Description A Geometric curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series Geometric vector to the geometric equation using a g
15. and last modification date Soller E Format A and time Value 20 S E 1 To change the name click in the Modification Time 3 23 98 10 37 35 Name text field and edit Sauce Fomai Description 2 To modify thevalue click in the Value Dutput from Formulator n text field and edit 3 To add or changea description click in 4 the Description text field and add or ok cancel _Heb edit 4 Usethe Format field to enter a format string minus parenthesis which will be used as the default format for displaying data values textually See format codes in Using IDL for more information 5 When you are finished click OK to change the attributes for the data and close the dialog The Array Data Attributes dialog Attributes listed in theArray Attributes dialog include name classification Name Hubble Data type dimensions elements size ANE s Classification 2D Aray Type Float minimum maximum source eet les n Dimensions 10 10 Elements 100 description and last modification date Se ON Ae ITT and time Size bytes 400 Format G0 1 To change the name click in the Modification Time 3 23 98 10 39 31 N ame text field and edit Source Formulator Description 2 Toviewthevalueofan Array see Value Output from Formulator Menu Option on page 42 3 To add or change a description click in t a Description text field and add or ok Cancel Heb i
16. any path information of the file to be written This keyword is optional Example Write Procedure A Plugin Write procedure definition should look something like this pro WRITEplugin filename name GROUP group TAIL tail EXTRA extra Call to INSGET to retrieve the data from Insight IDL statements to write a file END Registration Function The Registration function is invoked when a Plugin is registered Plugin registration occurs when Insight is started or when you change the Plugins directory in the Preferences dialog The registration process makes Insight aware of the Plugin and its associated callback routines The Registration function must be the last routine in the Plugin file The name of the Registration function must match the name of the Plugin file not including the extension For example if your file is named myppm pro the Registration function must benamed myppm Thename of the Registration Function must be unique Do not File Plugins Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight 209 create different Plugins with the same name or use the name of an existing IDL routine The Registration function should return a structure with the following fields type the string File_PlugIn title a string specifying the title of the PlugIn purpose a string containing a brief sentence which specifies the purpose of the PlugIn read_proc a string specifying the name of the callback that reads data see
17. ccceeeteeteee eee teeteteeeeeeetee 180 Tutorial 8 Importing ASCII Data ios ccceacs ncccenesseaistyeenvsestocviarnessusseessbapeaveasenseteaaaaes 184 163 164 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials This chapter guides you through tutorial examples that demonstrate common Insight Operations You ll learn how to visualize data modify properties and perform several types of data analysis Before reading through these tutorials you should havea good idea of how to work with theinterface features nativeto your operating system as well asthose specific to the Insight interface It also would be helpful for you to review the following chapters and topics e Chapter 2 Getting Started e Importing and Exporting Data on page 34 e What Is Visualization on page 50 and e TheVisualization Window on page 50 Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 165 Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project This tutorial walks you through steps for opening a project and saving your changes What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e Start Insight e Open an existing project e Modify the project e Save the project e Exit Insight Exercise 1 Start Insight and Open a Project There are two ways to start the Insight application from within IDL or from your computer s window system or system command prompt The way you start Insight from the computer s window system or command prompt depends on th
18. on page 29 Using Insight Starting The Insight Application 16 Chapter 2 Getting Started Note At the start of anew session you might want to set your Insight Preferences See Preferences Menu Option on page 22 or Setting Insight Preferences on page 22 to find out how The Insight Interface This section describes how to work with Insight s windows dialogs and other interface features The main Insight interface screen is shown in Figure 2 3 8 Insight Untitled0 ipj ol x File Edit Visualize Analyze View Help Convection Data Econvec smoothed Figure 2 3 The Insight Interface the main windc demonstrating several visualizations Note Thefiguresinthismanual depict M otif M icrosoft Windows and M acintosh windows and dialogs The dialogs and windows for all three systems operate in a similar fashion For moredetail on using windows and dialogsfor your operating system see your system user s manual The Insight Interface Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 17 Standard Insight Dialog Buttons Several buttons appear in all or most Insight dialogs Since buttons look different on each platform your buttons may not look like the examples shown in this manual H owever they operate the same whenever they appear in Insight OK Clicking OK permanently carries out an action or actions or saves modifications specified in the dialog and closes the dialog In Analyze dialogs click
19. 23 endnonscroll 23 nstopic PreferencesDialogMenuDisplay gettingstartedwithin 0420 Preferences Dialog for Customizing Menu Display 23 endnonscroll 23 defn inst12 23 nstopic PreferencesDialogPluginsDir gettingstartedwithin 0430 Preferences Dialog for PlugIns Directory 25 defn inst13 25 nstopic PreferencesDialogPreferencesDirectory gettingstartedwithin 0440 Preferences Di alog for Specifying the Preferences File 25 defn instl14 25 nstopic GettingHelp gettingstartedwithin 0500 Getting Help 26 Using Insight 233 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 26 endnonscroll 26 nstopic WorkingWithData workingwithdata 0100 Working With Data 29 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 29 endnonscroll 29 nstopic DataManagerWindowIntro workingwithdata 0110 The Data Manager Window 30 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 30 endnonscroll 30 defn inst16 30 defn DataAttributesDefinition 30 nstopic DataManagerMenu workingwithdata 0120 The Data Manager Menu 30 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 30 endnonscroll 30 defn DataConditioningDefinition 30 nstopic DataAttributesOverview workingwithdata 0130 Data Attributes Overview 31 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 31 endnonscroll 31 nstopic DataAttributes workingwithdata 0140 Data Attributes 31 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 31 endnonscroll 31 defn ScalarDataDe
20. Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Usethelinear correlation matrix to calculatethecorrelation ateach Multiple Conelation index of two vectors in an array Folate coat Spearman Correlation Algorithm Droplist From the Algorithm droplist select Linear Correlation M atrix Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note Formoreinformation seeCO RRELATE in thelDL ReferenceGuideand Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Linear Correlation Matrix Dialog There are no fields unique to this dialog Using Insight Correlation 116 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Options for Linear Covariance Description Linear Covariance is amethod of determining the covariance between two data sets vectors The data sets must have the same number of elements Typical Uses Advanced statistical analysis Algorithm Droplist From theAlgorithm droplist select Linear Covariance Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see CORRELATE in theIDL Reference Guide and Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Linear Covariance Dialog Linear Covariance Auto Correlation Auto Correlogram Auto Covariance Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Cross Covariance Image Correlation Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Multiple Correlation Partial Correlation Spear
21. Dialog 226 Array Attributes Dialog 226 Scalar Value Dialog 226 Partial Attributes Dialog 226 Reformat Dialog 226 Resize Dialog 226 Reverse Dialog 226 Sample Dialog 226 Sort Dialog 226 Transpose Dialog 226 Statistics Dialog 227 Using Insight topic inst31l topic inst32 topic inst33 topic inst34 topic inst35 topic inst36 topic inst37 topic inst38 topic inst39 topic inst40 topic inst41l topic inst42 topic inst43 topic inst44 topic inst45 topic inst46 topic inst47 topic inst48 topic inst49 topic inst50 topic inst51 topic inst52 topic inst53 topic inst54 topic inst55 topic inst56 topic inst57 bmc inst30 bmp 227 Using Insight bitmaps bme inst3l bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst32 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst33 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst34 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst35 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst36 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst37 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst38 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst39 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst40 bmp 227 bitmaps bme inst4l bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst42 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst43 bmp 227 bitmaps bmc inst44 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst45 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst46 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst47 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst48 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst49 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst50 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst5l bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst52 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst53 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst54 bm
22. Dialog a e RE options for this algorithm are displayed Note For more information seeA_CORRELATE in the IDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Auto Correlogram Dialog There are no fields unique to the Auto Correlation dialog Using Insight Correlation 110 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Options for Auto Covariance Description Auto Covariance is the same as auto correlation except non zero mean values of the data are renoved before the calculation Typical Uses Advanced statistical analysis Algorithm Droplist From theAlgorithm droplist select Auto Covariance Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation seeA_CORRELATE in the IDL Refer ence Guideand Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Auto Covariance Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Lag Text Field Auto Covariance Auto Correlogram Auto Covariance Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Cross Covariance Image Correlation Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Multiple Correlation Partial Correlation Spearman Correlation In the Lag text field enter the offset as an integer value The lag represents a time diffe
23. Droplist Use these menu options to select the type of plot Line Scatter or Histogram 2D Type Droplist When smoothing two dimensional data select either the Image or Surface option More gt gt Button Click this button to view additional options lt lt Less Button This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button Click this button to closethe extended section of the dialog that displays additional options for performing the analysis The dialog displaying the basic dialog options remains open If Output Name in Use Choose the appropriate button to determine how duplicate data names will be handled Display M essage Displays a dialog warning message if the Output data name is already in use by another data item Replace D ataltem s Value Replacesthe value of an existing data item of thesamename Thiswill result in dynamic updating of any current uses of that item where possible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value Replace Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and a new onewill becreated Futureuseof theold item will no longer be possible For example if an old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties Generate Unique Name Generates a unique unused name for the data item Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 151 Output Text Field and Browse Button
24. If you try to import or export a file type which does not appear in Insight s internal list of known formats or if thereis more than one way to import or export files of the specified type Insight will prompt you with a Select File Format dialog For example if you add a File Plugin to import and export bitmap files files with a omp extension Insight will ask you to select the proper import or export procedure Required Routines File Plugins require at least the following routines e A Read procedure callback and or a Write procedure callback e 6A Registration function Example Plugins A working File Plugin named M yPPM isincluded in theIDL distribution Look at thefile myppm prointheplugins subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution Read Procedure Callback A Read procedure reads a specified file from the computer s file system When a user selects Import File or Import File As from an Insight menu and importsa fileusing a File Plugin the Plugin s Read procedure reads the file and then invokes the IN SPUT procedure to insert the data into Insight A Read procedure must be structured as follows File Plugins Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight 207 Procedure Name By convention read procedures are named READp1ugin where plugin isthenameof the File Plugin the read procedure belongs to For example if thename of your file Plugin is M yPPM
25. Insight Managing Projects The File Menu 22 Chapter 2 Getting Started Preferences Menu Option Select Preferences to open the Preferences dialog which allows you to specify settings that Insight retains from session to session Use this dialog to customize general Insight features menu display and specify the Preferences file and Pluglns directory When you select a category from the Category droplist the unique options associated with that category appear See Setting Insight Preferences on page 22 for help using the Preference dialogs Exit Menu Option Select Exit to exit the Insight application You will be prompted to save changes to all any open projects Caution Do not exit IDL before exiting Insight If you do this changes you ve made to open projects may be lost Other Visualization Window Menus The Visualization window is described in Chapter 4 Visualizing Data Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations describes the Edit menu Chapter 4 Visualizing Data describes the Visualize menu and View menu Chapter 6 Analyzing Data describes the Analyze menu The Help menu is described in Getting Help on page 27 Setting Insight Preferences This section describes categories and options in the Preferences dialog which opens when you select Preferences from the Filemenu Insight preferences arestored in afile named insight22 prf Or insight22 prf on Unix systems in the
26. Kendall Conelation the degree of fit between two data series ee Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance a Linear Covariance Matrix Algorithm Droplist Multiple Correlation A i i Partial Correlation From the Algorithm droplist select Linear Correlation Dialog esas sine options for this algorithm are displayed Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 115 Note Formoreinformation seeCO RRELATE in thelDL ReferenceGuideand Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Linear Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field In the Independent 2 Text Field enter a data name or click Browse to open the Data Browser of data from which to choose Options for Linear Correlation Matrix Description The Linear Correlation M atrix computes the correlation between the vectors of a two dimensional m x n array If vectorsof unequal ute Corelation igi Auto Correlogram length are specified the longer vector is truncated to the size of the potme 0 orrelatiol smaller vector Theresultis an m xm correlation matrix assuming Cross Correlogram m isthe dimension of the smaller vector of linear correlation reed tir coefficients Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Typical Uses Linear
27. PI nav_api 197 endnonscroll 197 nstopic ExtendingInsight extending 0100 Extending Insight 199 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_extending 199 endnonscroll 199 nstopic AboutPlugIns extending 0110 About PlugIns 200 endnonscroll 200 defn inst13 200 nstopic PlugInGuidelines extending 0120 General Guidelines for Writing PlugIns 201 endnonscroll 201 nstopic FilePlugIns extending 0150 File PlugIns 202 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_extending 202 endnonscroll 202 nstopic ConditioningPlugIns extending 0200 Conditioning PlugIns 206 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_extending 206 endnonscroll 206 nstopic AnalysisPlugIns2 extending 0300 Analysis PlugIns 208 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_extending 208 endnonscroll 208 topic inst0l bitmaps 01 Visualization Window 225 bmc instOl bmp 225 topic inst02 bitmaps 02 Getting Started with Insight Dialog 225 bmc inst02 bmp 225 topic inst03 bitmaps 03 Select Data To Import Dialog 225 Using Insight 244 topic inst04 topic inst05 topic inst06 topic inst07 topic inst08 topic inst09 topic inst10 topic instll topic inst12 topic inst13 topic instl14 topic inst15 topic inst16 topic instl17 topic inst18 topic inst19 topic inst20 topic inst21 topic inst22 topic inst23 topic inst24 topic inst25 topic inst26 topic inst27 topic inst28 topic inst29 topic inst30 bmc instll bm bme inst03 bmp 225 p 225
28. Reference Guide and mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the FFT Inverse Dialog Thereareno fields unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Using Insight Image Processing 140 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Options for Flip Horizontal Description TheFlip H orizontal function will rotatetheimage around a vertical axis which runs down the center of the image Typical Uses Use Flip Horizontal to obtain a mirror of the original image Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Flip Horizontal Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see REVERSE in theIDL Reference Guide and mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Flip Horizontal Dialog Thereareno fields uniqueto this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Options for Flip Vertical Description TheFlip Vertical function will rotatethe image around ahorizontal axis which runs through the center of the image Typical Uses Use Flip Vertical to turn an image upside down Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Flip Vertical Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see REVERSE in theIDL Reference Guide a
29. Select Aspect Ratio so that the image maintains the same aspect ratio as the image data whenever the image is sized Note that with Aspect Ratio Insight must scale the image and interpolate the image data which diminishes image accuracy e Select Unrestricted so that the image has the width and height of the Visualization that contains it N ote that selecting an unrestricted image size could distort how the image appears Inhibit Byte Scaling Checkbox Select Inhibit Byte Scaling to prevent Insight from automatically scaling the array to enhance its contrast Insight automatically turns this option on for images that were imported into Insight with color tables Insight automatically turns this option off for indexed color images without color tables true color images and for arraysof non image data Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the selected element from view Note To makea hidden graphic element visible Select the Visualization M anager option from theEdit menu The Visualization M anager Window appears listing all elements of all Visualizations Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 85 Frcs pot Liat Omar mi La S idien Lies liere Figure 5 12 Properties Dialog for Surfaces Miiri T Yilist k
30. Show Hidden Lines checkbox to draw lines that are behind other lines in the surface Not showing hidden lines will increase the time it takes to display a surface This option is not available if the surface type is Solid Line Type Droplist From the Line Type droplist select a type for the line Options are solid dotted dashed dash dot dash dot dot and long dashes This option is particularly useful when working with several plotsin the Visualization window allowing you to easily distinguish each This option is not available if the surface type is Solid The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 87 Thickness Slider Use this slider to designate the thickness of the line Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired thickness The rangeis from 1 to 10 pixels The thickness is displayed above the slider This option is particularly useful when working with several linesin the Visualization window allowing you to easily distinguish each This option is not available if the surface type is Solid Properties Dialog for Axes When you select an axis in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowing you to modify properties of the axis This section describes dialog controls for each type of axis X Y Z radius and Theta Tey O e Title Font Helvetica tt Namely Axis Title Font Se af of 12
31. Solid X ca 2l Arowhead Size 0 0200000 T Hidden JJ Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 17 Properties Dialog for Line Annotation i Name Text Field An annotation is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever an annotation needs to be referenced textually for examplein lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Start Arrow Checkbox Select this option to display an arrow at the starting point of a line annotation End Arrow Checkbox Select this option to add an arrow to the ending point of a line annotation Arrowhead Angle Slider Use this slider to designate the angle of the line annotation s arrowhead s Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired angle Arrowhead Size Slider Usethisslider to designatethe size of thelineannotation s arrowhead s Adjust theslider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired size units size x 100 of Visualization dimensions The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 97 Color Droplist From the Color droplist select a color for the line Thickness Slider Use this slider to designate the thickness of the annotation Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its Knob to the desired thickness The nu
32. Unique to the Linear Covariance Matrix Dialog There are no fields unique to this dialog Correlation Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 117 Options for Multiple Correlation Description Multiple Correlation will calculate the correlation between the pe dependent variable X an array of m columns and n rows and an frei independent n element vector Y Y must be the same size as the Auto Covariance i Cross Correlation row dimension n of the array X Cross Correlogram Cross Covariance Image Correlation Typical Uses Kendall Correlation Multiple Correlation is useful for calculating the correlation fe meme between multiple data sets eg an array oritselenentsand adata Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix series Multiple Correlation Partial Correlation Spearman Correlation Algorithm Droplist From theAlgorithm droplist select M ultiple Correlation Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation seeM CORRELATE in theIDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of UsingIDL Fields Unique to the Multiple Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Dependent Text Field and Browse Button In the Dependent text field enter a data name or click Browse to select a data item from the Data M anager Opt
33. a data item representing the weights This requires user knowledge of the selected X and Y elements The concept of weighting does not apply to all curve fitting models When a model for which weighting is not an option is selected the Weighting droplist is unavailable Weights Text Field and Browse Button This option appears when you select the dialog s More gt gt button The Weights text field is available when the Vector option has been selected from the Weighting droplist In the text field enter a data name or click Browse to select a data item from the Data M anager Output Text Field and Browse Button This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button To savethe output data generated by this analysis to a name other than the default name listed in the text field click in the text field and edit or click the Browse button and select a data item If Output Name in Use Choose the appropriate button to determine how duplicate data names will be handled Display M essage Displays a dialog warning message if the Output data nameis already in use by another data item Replace D ataltem s Value Replacesthe value of an existing data item of thesamename Thiswill result in dynamic updating of any current uses of that item where possible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data
34. a string containing the name of a data file to import into the project Note When Insight starts a Select Data To Import dialogopens allowing you to select data to import See The Select Data To Import Dialog on page 13 INDEXED_COLOR Set this keyword to start Insight in indexed color mode If your data uses an IDL color table and you are using a display device video card that does not support pixel depths greater than eight bits per pixel you should start Insight with this keyword set by default Insight runsin true color mode PLUGINS_PATH Set this keyword to a string or vector of strings containing the directory or directories in which Plugin files are located Setting this keyword overrides the Plugl ns path specified in the Preferences dialog For more information on the Plugins path see Preferences Using Insight INSIGHT 190 Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface Dialog Plugins Path on page 25 For more information on Plugins see About Insight Plugins on page 204 in the Extending Insight chapter PREFERENCE_FILE Set this keyword equal to a string containing the full path name of a user preference file If this keyword is not specified the name and default location of the preference file depends on the type of computer you are using Unix The preference file is named insight22 prf and is located in the your home directory VMS The preference file is n
35. an example project will give you a feel for what an Insight project looks like and how it works Select a project in one of the following ways e Click on oneof thelisted projects By default the dialog displays the three most recently saved projects Click OK to confirm your selection and open the project e f the desired project is not listed select Other Project to open a file selection dialog Select a project file a file with an ipj extension and click OK e To open anew project select N ew Project and click OK Insight automatically opens the Select Data to Import Dialog allowing you to import data into your new project file After you select a project the Visualization window appears on the screen The Data M anager window also may appear if the project was saved with the Data M anager window open The Select Data To Import Dialog Use the Select Data to Import dialog shown in Figure 2 2 to import data into anew project You can import the following types of data e Files of known file types By default Insight knows about several different standard image file formats TIFF JPEG etc File formats are also known if a File Plugin has Using Insight Starting The Insight Application 14 Chapter 2 Getting Started been created to read the file format and placed in the Plugins path Some File Plugins are included with Insight such as one to read binary data files with t
36. an item in the Visualization window that item s name is highlighted when you open the Visualization M anager When you select aname in the Visualization M anager that item is selected in the Visualization window Using Insight ht 231 nstopic AboutThisManual insover 0100 Overview 1 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insover 1 endnonscroll 1 nstopic ins_about insover 0110 About Insight 1 endnonscroll 1 defn InsightAnalysisDefinition 1 defn InsightVisualizationDefinition 1 nstopic ins_aboutidl insover 0120 About IDL 3 endnonscroll 3 nstopic ins_over2 insover 0130 IDL Documentation 3 endnonscroll 3 nstopic manualorganization insover 0140 Manual Organization 5 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insover 5 endnonscroll 5 nstopic ins_over03 insover 0150 Typographical Conventions 6 endnonscroll 6 nstopic ins_over04 insover 0160 Reporting Problems 7 endnonscroll 7 nstopic GettingStartedWithInsight gettingstartedwithin 0100 Getting Started 11 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 11 endnonscroll 11 nstopic StartingInsight gettingstartedwithin 0120 Starting Insight 12 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 12 endnonscroll 12 defn InsightProjectDefinition 12 defn DataandFilesDefinition 12 nstopic GettingStartedWithInsightDialog gettingstartedwithin 0130 Using the Getting Started With Insight Dialog 12 endnonscroll 12 defn inst02 12 defn ExampleProjectD
37. as the first imported image The three vectors should be of the same length and should contain between 1 and 256 values You must set all three of these keywords if you set any of them If all three keywords are not set a greyscale color table will be used REPLACE Set this keyword to an integer value that determines how Insight will act when it attempts to create a data item with a name that is already in use in the Data M anager The options are as follows 0 New data items will be given unique names 1 Existing data items will be replaced by new ones i e theold items will be deleted and new ones created 2 User will be prompted for the action to take Thisis the default option Using Insight Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 197 3 The values of existing data items will be replaced This will cause dynamic updating to occur for any current uses e g a visualization would redraw to show the new value 4 Option 0 will be used for data items that do not have names e g data input as an expression rather than a named variable with no name provided via the NAME keyword and option 3 will be used for all named inputs Note Theprompt appears at most once per call to IN SPUT even if there are multiple data names being created Note If you freea pointer to the value of an Insight data item thenext time Insight triesto access that item it will be removed from the Data M anager Note If you import a pointer to
38. axis title using the Title Font Size slider Title Color Droplist From the Title Color droplist select the title text color XYZ Location Text Fields and Sliders Adjust the sliders or type in the text fields to set the axis location in data units Minimum Maximum Enter values into the M inimum M aximum boxes to designate the minimum maximum range of the selected axis The Minimum M aximum range has the effect of zooming in out Computed Checkbox Select the Computed option to allow the axis minimum maximum ranges to be computed automatically based on the min max of the data sets associated with the axes Tick Labels Browse Menu Use this menu to browse the selection of data that can be used as tick labels Exact Checkbox Select the Exact option to make the data range of the axisthe minimum and maximum data values of the data being visualized If this box is not checked Insight may adjust the range of the axis to fit the tickmark increment Changing the axis range does not change the way data is displayed only how the axis is displayed Log Checkbox Select Log to display the data as a log plot Tick Direction Options Select the desired direction for the tick marks on the selected axis X axis Up or Down Y axis Left or Right The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 89 Minor Ticks Slider Use this slider to designate the number of minor tick ma
39. can immediately pick up your work where you left off Insight projects are perfect for sharing your data and your analysis of your data with other Insight users Insight project files use the file extension ipj Project files allow you to save the configuration of windows data items stored in the Data M anager visualizations visualization styles data independent properties of a visualization including things like color line style and thickness etc You manage and save multiple Insight components together as a project You can create open and save multiple Insight projects in the same Insight session To find out how to use project componentsin morethan oneproject see Sharing Data Among Projects on page 15 Moving Between Insight and IDL Experienced users of IDL will find it easy to move back and forth between Insight s graphical environment and the traditional IDL command prompt Interaction between Insight and IDL is discussed in Chapter 8 Insight s DL Interface You can even incorporate routines you ve written in the IDL language into Insight via the Plugin mechanism Pluglns are discussed in Chapter 9 Extending Insight About Insight Using Insight Chapter 1 Overview 3 About IDL IDL isacomplete computing environment for the interactive analysis and visualization of data IDL integrates a powerful array oriented language with numerous mathematical analysis and graphical dis
40. command lineto import into Insight Double clicking on a variable does an implicit OK e All Select all variables e None Deselect all variables Duplicate Data Name Dialog This dialog lets you choose what to do if a resultant data name of some action is already in use by another data item in the project In addition to canceling the action with the Cancel button you will have the following options Replace the Data Item s Value Replaces the value of an existing data item of the same name Thiswill resultin dynamic updating of any current uses of that item where possible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value Replace the Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and anew one will be created Future use of the old item will no longer be possible For example if an old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties e UseUniqueName XYZ Theunique unused name displayed will be given to thenew data item The Insight Interface Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 19 Duplicate Color Table Name Dialog This dialog lets you choose what to do if a resultant color table name from some action is already used by a color tablein the project s Color M anager In addition to canceling the action with the Cancel button you will have the following options e Replace the Color Table s Value The existing color table
41. data Relative M aximum Deviation This value represents the maximum point at which the model differs from data If the individual points that make up the data fit the model with a high degree of accuracy the Relative Maximum Deviation is close to 0 A Relative Maximum Deviation value closer to 1 indicates that there may bea hidden or bad value in the data that deviates Insight is an application for analyzing visualizing and working with data in a variety of ways With Insight you havethe advantages of ID L s computing environment powerful array oriented language mathematical analysis and graphical display techniques without having to know the underlying IDL language Theterm visualization refers to the display of data in the Visualization window Data displayed or visualized in the Visualization window are referred to in this documentation as visualizations You can display several types of visualizations images line plots scatter plots histogram plots polar plots contours and surfaces Individual graphical items called elements in this documentation comprise a visualization Elements include axes plot lines annotations etc When you start the Insight application and open anew or existing Insight project oneof the project components the Visualization window appears on your screen as a viewing area with a menubar and toolbar The Visualization window is the primary workspace in which
42. data destroying the corresponding data item in Insight will not free your pointer thus maintaining the integrity of your heap variable Examples To browse for IDL variables to put into Insight IDL gt INSPUT To input specific named variables and or expressions into Insight IDL gt INSPUT x y sin x findgen 20 x gt X y gt Y sin x gt Data findgen 20 gt Data 001 Note Thenames actually used may be different than above depending on what names are already in usein the Data M anager and what option the user chooses on the replace dialog See the REPLACE keyword for options To use specific names in around robin fashion IDL gt INSPUT w h ww hh NAME Width Height w gt Width h gt Height ww gt Width 001 hh gt Height 001 Inputting a structure IDL gt INSPUT temperature t pressure p gt TEMPERATURE Using Insight INSPUT 198 Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface gt PRESSURE C To input images with color tables IDL gt INSPUT image1 image2 red r green g blue b IMAGE To input images and a color table IDL gt INSPUT image1 image2 RED r GREEN g BLUE b IMAGE To input an image and color table using some of the advanced data and color table naming and replacement options the data item will be given a unique name returned as nameuU sed the color table will be called Super Colormap replacing the values of any existing color table of that
43. dialog The Organizer allows you to delete or rename items as well as copy items between projects n Fipa iHa Figure 5 3 Organizer Dialog Items to Organize Droplist From this droplist select the type of items you wish to organize color tables data items plot styles contour styles image styles or surface styles In Project Droplist Choose one of the currently open projects from this droplist None to clear this side of the Organizer or Other to bring up a native file browser in which to select a project which is not yet open in the Insight session Note You cannot select the same project on both sides of the Organizer Copy Button Select a project item and choose this button to copy from one project to the other You can copy from either right to left or left to right Using Insight Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu 72 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Note If you copy an image data item that uses a particular color table and the destination project does not yet contain acolor table of that name the color table will automat ically be copied for you Delete Button Select an item and use this button to delete it from the project Note Deletions cannot be undone Rename Button Select an item and use this button to rename the item Save Button Select this button to save the project to file Close Button Select this button to close the Organizer Note You will automaticall
44. dialog closes and Insight displays the plot in the Visualization window To view or modify this plot see Editing Visualiza tions The Edit M enu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Histogram Plots Pe e u Fs Fri l Sosis Fii Select this option to open a Histogram Plot dialog from which you can select data and options for drawing a histogram plot in the Visualization window A histogram plot shows horizontal and vertical lines connecting data points The Histogram Dialog Selecting the H istogram option from the Visualize menu opens the Histogram dialog 1 Select one or more vectors by selecting the Y box to the left of one or more data items in the data selection list Using Insight Histogram Plots 56 Polar Plots Polar Plots i rai Chapter 4 Visualizing Data CL ee ee eer AFE r Polar Plot x Fin DE Memi drai Vem Baty HES ao De Seo aes Select one pales r column ty I Sine 360 ol I Damped Sine 360 F I Damped Sine 180 DATA Eyre iiNet I Noisy Damped Sine 180 r tok F Gi f I Cosine 360 j Ramp 360 f T Polar Plot Style Basic Plot Cancel Help Figure 4 7 Polar Plot and Polar Plot Dialog If you select only the Y box for a data item Insight will label the Visualization s Y axis with data values the dependent data and label the X axis with the indices of the data item Optionally select one X box for any data item in th
45. direction Using Insight Conditioning Data 46 Chapter 3 Working With Data e Convolution Interpolation uses the Cubic Convolution algorithm 5 When you are finished click OK You can view the data s new dimensions in the Dimensions column in the Data M anager window or in the Attributes dialog Reverse Menu Option Select Reverse to open the Reverse dialog in which you can reverse the order of entries in aoneto three dimensional array Reverse dialog options depend on dimensionality of the selected data For more details see REVERSE in the IDL Reference Guide Name Data Reverse Dimensions _ Column Row OK Cancel Help Figure 3 9 Reverse Dialog for 2D Arrays Using The Reverse Dialog In the dialogs for two and three dimensional arrays select the dimensions to reverse Click OK Sample Menu Option Select Sample to open the Sample dialog in which you can create a subset of a selected array Sample dialog options depend on dimensionality of the selected array The array can have oneto eight dimensions This allows you to zero in on specific features of your data For example for a10 X 10 X 10 array you can see dements 2 through 4 in the first dimension 5 through 7 in thesecond dimension and 1 through 8in thethird dimension Simply edit the From and To text fields with the desired values Note that dimension values must be greater than or equal to zero and le
46. e insert Insight inserts the visualization element of the resulting data into the visualization selected in the Visualization window When you click OK thedata will be stored in the project s Data M anager e new Insight visualizes your data in the next available spacein the window s tiling scheme When you click OK the data will be stored in the project s Data M anager Into Droplist If you have selected a correlogram from the algorithm droplist use these menu options to select the axes used e New Axis Use new X and Y axes e Other Insert plot into the pair of axes listed Plot Type Droplist If you have selected a correlogram from the algorithm droplist use these menu options to select the type of plot Line Scatter or Histogram More gt gt Button Click this button to view additional options for performing the analysis lt lt Less Button This option appears when you select the dialog s More gt gt button Click this button to close the extended section of the dialog that displays additional options for performing the analysis Output Text Field and Browse Button This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button To savethe output data generated by this analysis to a name other than the default name listed in the text field click in the text field and edit or click the Browse button and select a data item If Output Name in Use Choose the appropriate
47. in the Names column in alphabetical order Instead let s use Data M anager options to view the data in a couple of other ways First let s view only array data Select Filter from theView menu Thisopensa submenu of options representing data classifications Since our newly created data item is a two dimensional array select 2D Array In the Data M anager window you ll see only the namesand attributes of two dimensional arrays Your new data M yArray1 islisted Now select All Attributes from the View menu and once again all data names and attributes are listed Now let s view data sorted by type Simply click on the Type column header in the Data M anager window Insight sorts by type Since our newly created data item is a Float scroll down to the Float typeswhich are grouped together and you will find M yArray1 Note You also can sort by selecting Sort from the View menu This opens a submenu of options representing the data attributes by which you can sort Select the desired option For example if you elect to sort by name the data items will be arranged in alphabetical order Exercise 4 Condition Data Dataconditioning involves simpleoperations which modify data items operations such as sorting or reorganizing thenumber of columnsand rowsin an array Let s reformat the data item M yArray1 Reformatting involves modifying the dimensions of a selected array with
48. in the direction the mouse moves Try some more rotations of the surface Hint Selectingand dragging works best with solid surfaces If you try to rotateawire frame surface it is more difficult to be sure you are clicking on the surface and not on the background 4 Select Save Project from the File menu to save these changes to the project 5 Select Exit from the File menu to exit Insight Using Insight 174 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Tutorial 5 Analyzing Data and Annotating This tutorial walks you through steps for visualizing an image and performing image processing and correlation analyses on that visualization What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e Set up atiling scheme in the window e Visualize an Image e Open Analyze dialogs for image processing analysis e Generate new data e Perform correlation analyses e Modify properties of visualizations e Create a text annotation e Smooth Data Exercise 1 Start Insight Open the Tutorial Project and Set Preferences 1 Ifyou have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj 2 Start IDL then start Insight by entering the following at the DL command prompt insight INDEXED_COLOR Note Thisstarts Insight in indexed color mode allowing usto work with images that have color tables associated with them By default Insight runsin true color or 24 bi
49. main_func PromptUserMyNegate version 5 1 revision 1 0 END MyNegate Analysis Plugins Analysis Plugins perform potentially complex mathematical operations involving one or more Insight data items For example you can write an Analysis Plug n that solves linear equations and visualizes the result Insight includes Analysis Pluglnsin a submenu accessed when you select the Plugins option of theAnalyzemenu in the Visualization window Analysis Plugins use the IN SPUT INSGET and INSVIS routines to import export and visualize data Analysis Plugins Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight 213 Required Routines Analysis Plugins require the following routines e One or more event handling routines if necessary e An Apply function callback e A Main procedure callback if necessary e 6A Registration function Example Plugins A working Analysis Plugin named M yBias is included in the IDL distribution M yBias uses a widget interface to solicit user input Look at thefilemybias prointheplugins subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution An Analysis Plugin named M yBias0 is also included in thedistribution M yBiasO does not use a widget interface Event Handling Routines If your Plugin includes an IDL widget user interface write an event handling routine or routinesto handle eventsand perform your Plugin operation Besureto catch and handle your ow
50. name IDL gt INSPUT myImage IMAGE REPLACE 0 NEW_NAME nameUsed IDL gt RED r GREEN g BLUE b IDL gt CT_NAME Super Colormap CT_REPLACE 3 Dialogs The following information relates to dialogs which may appear when using IN SPUT Project Browser If more than one project is open this dialog will open to let you choose which project to input into Pings Select a Project Chorme iD Date AI _Mane eras rela Pir jie ij Veer reba Parc AEE T PRESUNE _ LURGE TEMPERATURNE Wojo Cea Haia Figure 8 2 Project Browser and Import IDL Variable Dia INSPUT Using Insight Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 199 Import IDL Variables If no arguments are specified this dialog will open to let you choose which variables to input into Insight e All Select all variables e None Deselect all variables Duplicate Data Name Duplicate Data Name If duplicate data names exist this dialog will appear Select the appropriate option for the data name e Replace the Data Item s Value Replaces the value of an existing data item of the same name Thiswill resultin dynamic updating of any current uses of that item wherepossible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value e Replace the Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and anew one will be created Future use of the old item will no longer be possible e g if a
51. of the Noisy Damped Sine 180 data item Now suppose we want to apply a style We could select an existing style from the droplist in this Scatter Plot dialog but let s wait until after we visualize so we can see how the scatter plot appears in the window Click OK Insight displays a Scatter plot of N oisy Damped Sine 180 in the Visualization window Exercise 7 Apply a Style to a Visualization Now let s apply the style we created earlier to the scatter plot Select Apply Style from the Edit menu A submenu of existing styles appears Select M yStylel The Scatter plot s symbol style has been changed to a blue diamond The color of the axes and axes labels are now red Exercise 8 Annotate and Print the Visualization and Close the Project 1 Let s label the visualization with its visualization type and style To do so click the Text annotation toolbar button which shows the letter A on the far right hand side of the Visualization Toolbar located below the Visualization window menu bar A text anno tation appears on the visualization Click on the annotation and hold down the mouse button drag the text annotation towards the top of the visualization window Double click on the annotation to open the Text Annotation Properties dialog Double click in the Text text field and enter Scatter Plot in M yStylel From the Font droplist select Times Adjust the Font Size slider to 14
52. one of three ways to visualize the fitted data in the Visualization window e none Your resulting data will not be visualized in the Visualization window but if you click OK the data will be stored and listed as an item in the Data M anager e insert Insight inserts the visualization element of the resulting data into the visualization selected in the Visualization window When you click OK thedata will be stored in the project s Data M anager e new Insight visualizes your data in the next available spacein the window s tiling scheme When you click OK the data will be stored in the project s Data M anager Into Droplist Use these menu options to select the axes used e New Axis Use new X and Y axes e Other Insert plot into the pair of axes listed Plot Type Droplist Use these menu options to select the type of plot Line Scatter or Histogram Summary Checkbox Selecting this option opens aSummary dialog which displays results immediately after Insight has completed your analysis operation Information displayed in the Summary dialog includes The M odd selected in the dialog The Equation for the model selected The Parameters Insight computes for the selected model and data The Chi Square Error which indicates how well the selected modal fits the data The smaller the Chi Square Error i e the closer it is to zero the better the fit of the selected model to the data The Radiative Maximu
53. plot using that vector and specify itin the curve fit Independent text field 4 From the Model droplist select Linear The display to the right of the droplist shows the model s formula and depicts a representative plot Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 179 5 M akesurethe DoublePrecision Checkbox isselected Selectingthisoption specifiesthat calculations will use double precision floating point numbers M ake sure the Summary Checkbox is selected Selecting this option opens a Summary dialog which displays fit statistics immediately after Insight has performed the fitting From the Visualization droplist select insert A line plot of the data resulting from the Linear fit will be inserted into the line plot of the original data you selected in the Visualization window The Into droplist lets you to choose to insert into given axes or to create anew pair of axes within the same visualization M ost often you will want to let this default to the existing axes Click Apply to perform the operation as atrial This option is helpful in that it allows us to try several models to determine which one gives us the best curve fit Asthe Analysis dialog remains open the line plot of the data resulting from the Linear fit curve analysis is inserted into the visualization Its default color is red In the summary dialog we can see how well the Linear modal fits the original dat
54. problem you should always ask yourself Is it really a bug Sometimes it isa simple matter of misinterpreting what is supposed to happen Double check with the manual or alocal expert If you cannot determine what should happen in a given situation by consulting the reference manual the manual needs to be improved on that topic Please let us know if you feel that the manual was vague or unclear on a subject It is often obvious whether something is a bug or not If IDL crashes it isa genuine bug If however it draws a plot differently than you would expect or desire it might be a bug but it is certainly less obvious Another question to ask is whether the problem lies within IDL or with the system running IDL Is your system properly configured with enough virtual memory and sufficient operating system quotas D oes the system seem stable and is everything else working normally Describing The Problem When describing the problem it is important to use precise language Vague terms like crashes blows up and fails are open to many interpretations Does it really crash IDL and leave you looking at an operating systen prompt This would be our interpretation of crash Perhaps however it just issues an unexpected error message and gives another prompt What is really meant by a term like fails It is also important to separate concrete facts from conjecture about underlying causes For example a statemen
55. slider to adjust the thickness of the legend outline Outline Color Droplist From the Outline Color droplist select the desired color for the outline of the legend The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 95 Border Gap Set the distance between the text and thelegend border by entering a number here units are percent of item text height Gap Set the distance between each item text with this number units are percent of item text height Glyph Size Set this number to the desired size of the reference symbol Fill Color Droplist From the Fill Color droplist select a background color for the legend Columns Set the number of columns for the item Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the legend from view Note To makea hidden annotation visible first select the Visualization M anager option from the Edit menu The Visualization M anager Window appears listing all Visual Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 96 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations izations annotations and elements Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option Line Annotation To edit a line annotation either double click on it or use the Edit lt graphic gt Properties menu amp Properties xl Name Line Annotation M Start Arrow Color Black M End Arrow ne 1 al Thickness Arrowhead Angle 20 0000 Line Type
56. the Title text field Note that a colorbar title is different from its Name Title Font Droplist From the Title Font droplist select a font for the title text Title Font Size Slider Adjust the Title Font Size slider to the desired character size 9 72 points for the title text Title Color Droplist From the Title Color droplist select the title text color The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 91 Ei Properties Title E Title Font Helvetica 12 Name Image Visualization Color iaioo Sesal E l i fei J Tick Fomat en a x Location 0 840000 Y Location E mi em 2i al B Ea Tick Direction M Show Axis M Show Outline Up Left C Down Right 1 Outline Thickness Ji 4 oF Default woe 1 Minor Ticks Axis Thickness Ji al Si 4 2 I Defaut Dutline Color Blue Major Ticks A 40 T Hidden a mj a Tick Font Helvetica Major Tick Length 50 aes gt Tick Font Size LI aj Fa A aaa H Minor Tick Length of Major Tick Text Color Blue Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 15 Properties Dialog for Colorbar Annotati Name Text Field An annotation is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever an annotation needs to be referenced textually e g in lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter a new name click
57. the last routine in the Plugin file The name of the Registration function must match the name of the Plugin file not including the extension For example if your file is named mybias pro the Registration function must benamed mybias Thenameof the Registration Function must be unique Do not create different Plugins with the same name or use the name of an existing IDL routine The Registration function should return a structure with the following fields type the string Analysis_PlugIn title a string specifying the title of the PlugIn to be used in Insight menus purpose a string containing a brief sentence which specifies the purpose of the PlugIn main_proc a string specifying the name of the Main procedure call back If there is no Main procedure specify an empty string apply_func a string specifying the name of the Apply function call back version a string specifying the version of IDL for which the PlugIn is written revision the string 1 0 Using Insight Analysis Plugins 216 Chapter 9 Extending Insight Example Registration Function The following is the registration function from the M yBias Plugin included in plugins subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution FUNCTION MyBias RETURN type Analysis_PlugIn title My Bias purpose Do simple biasing main_proc PromptUserMyBias apply_func
58. the template file create the style and save the project See New Project M enu Option on page 19 for more on the location of the Insight template file Using Insight About Styles ht Chapter 6 Analyzing Data The following topics are covered in this chapter What is Data Analysis in Insight 104 Image Processing ecese 132 The Analyze Menu seee 104 Smoothing eeen 147 Correlation sssssssssesirsrrsrsrrrrresrsrrrnrsnee 105 The Formulator eeren 152 Curve HERING scare seees ances ceessenceneddavaventelis ATG PlugINS sisinta oman 162 103 104 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data This chapter introduces data analysis with Insight and tells you how to use Analyze menu options to correlate data fit curves process images smooth data use the formulator and use Analysis Plugins What is Data Analysis in Insight Insight has incorporated IDL analysis capabilities into the Analyze menu and dialog selections As you work on technical problem solving you can use Analyze menu options to analyze existing data visualize analysis results and generate output data Built in analysis functionality may be augmented by user written Analysis Plugins see Analysis Plugins on page 212 for more information Note To view new or existing data and attributes open the Data M anager window by selecting the Data M anager menu option from the File menu Asa shortcut you can click the Data M anager button on the Visualization tool
59. to start Insight guiding you through the dialogs for opening projects and importing data You will learn how to share data among projects set preferences and use the Fileand Help menus Chapter 3 Working With Data on page 29 introduces nsight s Data M anager window and menu options and describes data attributes You will learn how to use the Data M anager window s File Edit Condition and View menus to work with data in various ways including importing exporting creating and conditioning Chapter 4 Visualizing Data on page 49 describes visualization and introduces the Insight Visualization window and its menubar and toolbar You will learn how to use the Visualize menu to display data and the View menu to customize your view of data in the window Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations on page 67 explains how to work with visualizationsin the Visualization window You will learn how to specify properties move and size visualizations rotate surfaces annotate visualizations and usethe Edit menu for such tasks as opening the Visualization M anager window and applying and saving styles Chapter 6 Analyzing Data on page 103 introduces data analysis with Insight and tells you how to use Analyze menu options to correlate data fit curves process images and Using Insight Manual Organization 6 Chapter 1 Overview smooth data An advanced data calculator called the formulator is also described in thi
60. useIDL commands to place IDL variables into Insight See INSPUT on page 194 for details After selecting files and or IDL variables as desired click OK in the Select Data to Import dialog Starting The Insight Application Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 15 Note Select the Don t Show This Dialog Again option if you don t want the Select Data to Import dialog to appear the next time you start Insight with a new project You can import data into Insight at any time by EJ Dissicate Data Mame a selecting Import File Import FileAs or Import IDL Variables from thelnsight File menu If a duplicate file name exits you will be prompted with aDuplicate Data Name dialog Select one of the fp E three options from the dialog A oga 5 date isi nae Pods Coty Dieii pend m the Dot res Haise che Duta we Sharing Data Among Projects I Insight associates data imported during a session Sees e only with the current project If you want to use the same data in other projects you have a few options C Low Lirsque hares c Daai e You can use the Organizer to copy Insight data between projects See the Organizer on page 71 e You can export data in afile format recognized by Insight Then you can import the data into another Insight project using that project s import menu options Note You can import or export a file with a file format other than stan
61. using Wavelet Transform Inverse Algorithm Droplist From thedroplist select Wavelet Inverse Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see WTN in theIDL Reference Guide and I mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Inverse Wavelet Transform Dialog The following fields are unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for adiscussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Filter Coefficients Panel In the panel specify 4 12 or 20 for the number of filter coefficients to be used in the transform process Selecting a different number of filter coefficients enables the Wavelet Inverse algorithm to use a different set of basis functions in therepresentation of the data Smoothing Select the Smooth option to open a dialog which allows you to perform boxcar smoothing on selected data and specify criteria for the smoothing analysis For more details see SMOOTH in the IDL Reference Guide What is Smoothing Smoothing can be used to soften the edges of images or compensate for noisein images and signals You can smooth data of any number of dimensions with a boxcar average Using Insight Smoothing 148 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Ei Smooth EI INPUTS VV Edge Truncate MORE OUTPUTS Output Smoothed Data Browse If Dutput Name in Use Display Message OUTP
62. will be replaced by anew one i e the old table will be deleted and anew one created e ReplaceColor Table The valueof the existing color table will be replaced This will cause dynamic updating to occur for any current uses e g an image visualization would update to reflect the new value e UseUniqueName XYZ Theunique unused name displayed will be given to thenew color table Managing Projects The File Menu p Ee ie Ansy Insight groups project management options in the File menu Hew Pii j of the Visualization window Using the File menu you can pes Projet open projects save the current project import data files scene export visualizations and windows import IDL variables Save Propet sa print the contents of the Visualization window specify page Esai set up open the Data M anager window set preferences and Tkane exit the Insight application reed TA Note Many menu itemsin the Visualization window menusare hn also accessible from the visualization toolbar See Insight Pam ieip Toolbar on page 51 for details Dehe Projo New Project Menu Option eS Select New Project from the File menu to create a new Insight project A new Visualization window will open New projects take on the characteristics of a template filenamed insight22 ipj insight22 ip jon Unix systems where 22 refers to the version number of Insight thiSis Version 2 2 You can use the template file to ensure
63. 0 98 EEE Complex A real imaginary pair of floating point numbers Double Complex A real imaginary pair of double precision numbers String A sequence of 0 to 32 767 characters Table 6 2 Formulator Data Types Note TheFormulator will convert the results to the highest precision value contained in the equation as with any IDL expression For example if your equation contains an integer and a floating point number the output will be floating point Pulldown Menu Options The Formulator s menu bar provides access to a range of basic IDL functions Select an item from one of the menus to place that function into the Formulator s formula field the box with Result to the left Pee Anay Conversion Statistics Transcendental Other Figure 6 22 Formulator Pulldown Menu Options For information about the various functions in the Formulator see the IDL Reference Guide To use the online version of the Reference Guide click the help viewer s Contents button and select M ain IDL Help File Note You do not have to use the Formulator pulldown menus to create expressions and formulas for your data items If you are familiar with the DL language you can type in your own expressions and formulas The Formulator Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 157 Array Menu E ces EEE i Tan The Array menu provides access to functions Baar De Dega gt Fladara Fe
64. 0610 Thin 142 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 142 endnonscroll 142 defn inst98 142 crossref THIN gt SecWin idl hlp 142 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 142 nstopic IPTranspose analyzingdata 0615 Transpose 142 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 142 endnonscroll 142 defn inst103 142 crossref TRANSPOSE gt SecWin idl hlp 142 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 142 nstopic IPSubtract analyzingdata 0620 Subtract 143 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 143 endnonscroll 143 defn inst104 143 nstopic IPWaveletTransform analyzingdata 0630 Wavelet Transform 143 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 143 endnonscroll 143 crossref WIN gt SecWin idl hlp 144 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 144 Using Insight 241 242 defn inst105 144 nstopic IPWaveletInverse analyzingdata 0640 Wavelet Inverse 145 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 145 endnonscroll 145 defn inst106 145 crossref WIN gt SecWin idl hlp 145 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 145 nstopic SmoothMenuOption analyzingdata 0700 Smoothing 146 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 146 endnonscroll 146 crossref SMOOTH gt SecWin idl hlp 146 nstopic TheSmoothDialog analyzingdata 0725 Smooth Dialog 146 endnonscroll 146 midtopic databrowser4 147 nstopic AnalysisFormulator analyzingdata 0750 Formulator 150 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzi
65. 1 By Mo Eri lt clear the Visualization window refresh the window zoom 1 By 2 and specify how multiple visualizations should be displayed sai in the window Jii 2 By Note Theseoptionsaremeantto be used beforevisualizations 1 amp 3 are created They will not rearrange existing visualiza tionsin the window as Drip Du Bours The Rows By Columns options in this menu arehepful if you plan to visualize more than one visualization item Ien Di simultaneously in the Visualization window These options FE T winnen set up a tiling scheme containing a specific number of places for visualizations The option you choose determines the number of tiles available in the window Note Thetiling scheme does not affect existing visualizations This means that if you have a single visualization filling the visualization window and then change the tiling scheme the existing visualization will continue to fill the Visualization window Using Insight The View Menu 64 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data For example if you plan to view three visualizations simultaneously displayed in onerow select the 1 By 3 Rows By Columns option Insight displays data items from left to right and from bottom row to top row separating the tiles with a dotted line If the tiling scheme is full and you continue to visualize data Insight will replace visualizations starting in the first bottom left tile Figure 4 13 shows a2 Row by 2 Column ti
66. 125 Replace Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and a new onewill becreated Futureuse of theold item will no longer be possible For example if an old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties Generate Unique Name Generates a unique unused name for the data item To Perform the Analysis After you have finished selecting options in the Fit Curves dialog you can perform the Operation in either of two ways Click Apply to perform the operation as atrial This option is helpful when you want to try out various options before making any permanent data and or visualization changes The analysis dialog will remain open so you may modify the parameters and use the Apply option as many times as you wish Click OK to perform the operation accepting any data and or visualization changes The analysis dialog will close Changes via the Undo lt Action gt button of the Visualization window until the next action that affects that window is performed About the Curve Fitting Models For general information about curve fitting see Curve and Surface Fitting in Chapter 15 of Using IDL In addition for information on the linear model see LIN FIT in theIDL Reference Guide for information on linear with outliers model seeLADFIT in the DL Reference Guide for information on quadratic cubic quartic quintic exponential logsquare hyperboli
67. 4 on VAX systems Floating point with approximately sixteen decimal digits A real imaginary pair of floating point numbers A real imaginary pair of double precision floating point numbers A sequence of 0 to 32 767 characters Fields are aligned in columns Separators such as commas or white space that separate each field Statistical information about the selected data The Insight Statistics Dialog displays the following Minimum the minimum value of the data Maximum the maximum value of the data Mean the average value of a set Mean Absolute Deviation the sum of the absolute distance of each sample element from the population or set of values mean M edian the value in an ordered set of values below and above which there is an equal number of values or which is the arithmetic mean of the two middle values if there is no one middle number Variance the square of the standard deviation Using Insight 228 Standard Deviation the root mean square of the deviations distances from the population mean Skewness lack of symmetry Kurtosis The peakedness or flatness of the graph of a frequency distribution especially with respect to the concentration of values near the mean as compared with the normal distribution An element is the most basic graphical item displayed by Insight Elements include axes plot lines annotations etc One or more graphic elements comprise a visualization Properties are cha
68. 430 String Definition 237 FixedWidthDefinition glossary 0440 Fixed Width Definition 237 DelimitedDefinition glossary 0450 Delimited Definition 237 InsightStatisticsDefinition glossary 0460 InsightStatisticsDefinition 237 ElementDefinition glossary 0470 Element Definition 238 PropertiesDefinition glossary 0490 Properties Definition 238 DataBrowserDialog glossary 0500 Data Browser Dialog 238 ImageProcessingDefinition glossary 0520 Image Processing Definition 238 SmoothingDefinition glossary 0530 Smoothing Definition 238 CurveFittingDefinition glossary 0550 Curve Fitting Definition 238 CurveDefinition glossary 0560 Curve Definition 238 ArtifactDefinition glossary 0565 Artifact Definition 238 CorrelationDefinition glossary 0570 Correlation Definition 238 TilingSchemeDefinition glossary 0590 Tiling Scheme Definition 239 ImageDefinition glossary 0600 Image Definition 239 PlugInsDefinition glossary 0610 PlugIns Definition 239 FilePlugInsDefinition glossary 0620 File PlugIns Definition 239 ConditioningPlugInsDefinition glossary 0630 Conditioning PlugIns Definition 239 AnalysisPlugInsDefinition glossary 0650 Analysis PlugIns Definition 239 APIDefinition glossary 0670 API Definition 239 SummaryDialogDefinition glossary 0700 Summary Dialog Definition 239 VisualizationManagerDefinition glossary 0720 Visualizatio Manager Definition 239 Using Insight
69. ApplyMyBias version 5 1 revision 1 0 END MyBias Analysis Plugins Using Insight Index Symbols _EXTRA keyword 191 195 201 A about IDL 3 Insight 1 address RSI postal 10 Analysis 104 Correlation 105 Fitting Curves 119 Image Processing 132 Plugins 162 212 Smoothing 147 AnalyzeMenu 104 Corrdate 105 Fit Curve 119 Formulator 152 Plugins 162 Process Image 132 Smooth 147 Annotation 61 Annotations Colorbar 61 for visualizations 100 Legend 62 Line 62 Rectangle 62 Text 62 ASCII files 37 Attributes 31 classification 32 data 40 description 32 dimensions 32 elements 32 image 41 maximum 33 Index 217 Index 218 minimum 33 modification time 32 name 31 scalar 40 size 33 source 32 type 32 BLUE keyword 192 196 browser data 17 bugs reporting problems 7 C CIDS keyword 194 201 classification attribute 32 Clipboard 24 Condition Menu 44 Condition M enu Data M anager 44 conditioning 44 Conditioning Plugins 210 Contour Plots 58 copying data 68 Correlate Dialog 105 Corrdate Menu 105 Corrdation 105 auto 108 auto correlogram 109 auto covariance 110 cross 110 cross correlogram 111 cross covariance 112 image 113 Kendall 114 linear 114 linear covariance 116 linear covariance matrix 116 linear matrix 115 multiple 117 partial 117 Spearman 118 COUNT keyword 191 194 creating data 38 creating visualizations from within a Plugin 201 crossref Formulator 138 139 crossref P
70. Chapter 2 Getting Started Instance Drawing Renderer Buttons Instance Drawing allows Insight to storethe unchanging portion of the visualization and only redraw the dynamic changing graphics Because of overhead involved in creating the instance this technique is more effective with complex visualizations When using software rendering instancing is almost always worthwhile If your system uses hardware rendering you may wish to leave Instance Drawing unchecked You may want to experiment with software rendering even if your system supports hardware rendering in many cases Insight will run faster using software rendering and instance drawing than using the operating system s native rendering methods The Default option for Rendering means to use the rendering option specified in the IDE IDL Development Environment if the IDE is not running however the default is hardware rendering For more information see H ardware vs Software Rendering in the Objects and O bject Graphics manual The Default option for Instance Drawing means to turn on instancing if and only if software renderingison For moreinformation see nstancing in theO bjectsand O bject Graphics manual Startup Color Mode Select either the True Color or Indexed Colors option A True Color image contains theR G B valuesof your data An Indexed Color image contains indexes into acolor table which contains theR G B information Reserved Indexed Co
71. Contour 81 Histogram Plot 79 Image 83 Line Plot 75 Polar Plot 80 Scatter Plot 78 Surface 85 Select DataTo Import 13 Smoothing 148 Dilate 135 dimensions attribute 32 Duplicate Color TableName Dialog 199 Duplicate Data Name Dialog 15 199 duplicating data 38 Edit Menu Data Manager 37 38 Using Insight Index 219 Visualization Window 68 electronic mail address RSI 10 elements attribute 32 Equations curve fitting 125 Erode 136 EXCLUSIVE keyword 191 Exporting Data 34 Exporting files 34 Extending Insight 203 F FFT 138 FFTInverse 139 File M enu Data M anager Close File 37 Export File 34 Import File 36 37 Import FileAs 36 Import IDL Variables 37 FileM enu Visualization window 19 Close Project 20 DataM anager 21 Exit 22 Export 20 Import File 21 Import FileAs 21 Import IDL Variable 21 New Project 19 Open Project 20 Page Setup 21 Preferences 22 Save Project 20 Save Project As 20 FilePlugins 206 Read Procedure 206 Registration Function 208 Write Procedure 207 filtering 43 Fit Curve 119 definition 119 dialog 121 Models 125 Flip Horizontal 140 Flip Vertical 140 Formulator 152 additional operators 161 arraymenu 157 Index E F Index 220 basic operators 160 conversion menu 157 DataTypes 156 example 154 other menu 160 Pulldown Menu 156 statistics menu 158 steps for creating formulas 153 transcendental menu 159 Fourier Transform FFT 138 Fourier Transform FFT Inverse 139 G GREEN keywor
72. E A teed 59 S rfat s sse propia aT a a a a A detect 60 PTI OLQUONS oy coherteiectacicunbencsiectomeuntarieeethastensinsrnetiend antraswandintanitectne 61 Th Vi w MGA asrscceharestse resol acuteeh e ates rok dade Solis catoiacuteoh AaS 63 Sde cting 7 ISU AMIN GINS ise peat eh get a eri tale ial cork Delehanty 66 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 00005 67 Editing Visualizations The Edit GNU inentiks chat in better Oikt at shana itb ato 68 M oving Visualizations and Elements cnwe retort cles oun hi et ueeeeneat ited 72 SIZING VASU GIZA ONS cesses si acesassbeshiss dla eI AC ale ais AG Lata Ae ha esha ata 72 Rotating SUIT AG CS anan E ET AO A 72 Properties Visualizations accel acco ea tance IAG has ce eae ces ein A es ee ety 73 The Properties Dialogs sisstivevadirin ter hewteimiiniadviecirintavdntundmiedoerdntints 74 Using Insight PBOUE SUNS ce seek te tee lee feed a AE Dee hor aa ag 100 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data cc ees 103 What is Data Analysis in Insight scca ucts wanssserantiennsaatnaaiscaaiduatnacinein 104 TheAnalyzeM nU iaieabepee bape eed nenrce penne iiteee keer eeace ites ariceer erties er Retest eit Recep ERR ii 104 CorreaatoM ea cts ate Es a tee a a hh at 105 UUW FUNG A E EE E E tree se E AA 119 mage P VO CESSIING cc encce erases cence ts Con eanands coments Goatinriants cammereagies 132 PUT CINE ese E E E E A E E 147 TheFormulator iisresunni a a chem a tated 152 PICIGUIAS steve sede sevean
73. El Te Fomat Title Color eek x Location E 2l Minimum 0 000000 M aximum 100 000 Computed Tick taes Browse J Exact 7 Log Tick Direction g Right Left Color Black 3 1 a Nid Default Thickness almi gt j Minor Ticks Line Type Solid 6 aj J aM Default I Hidden Major Ticks Font Helvetica a 5 Font Size LI of ET n al Tick Text Color Black Minor Tick Length of Major Tick Text Right Left Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 13 Properties Dialog for Axes CCE Major Tick Length 50 Title Text Field Enter the text of the axis title in the Title text field N ote that the title of an axis is different from its N ame Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 88 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Name Text Field An axisis identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever an axis needs to be referenced textually for examplein lists or for processing error messages A nameis required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Tick Format Allows you to specify a format string minus the parentheses to determine the format of the tick text Blank is the default For more information see Format Codes in UsingIDL Title Font Droplist Select a font to use for the axis title from the Title Font droplist Title Font Size Slider Select a size for the
74. Extending Insight means adding functionality by creating Insight Plugins Detailed knowledge of Insight s underlying code architecture is not required to build a Plugin however Plugin authors must have a working knowledge of IDL and follow the Insight Plugin development guidelines described in Chapter 9 Annotations allow you to label and illustrate visualizations displayed the Visualization window Select the desired Annotation button in the Visualization toolbar Line Rectangle or Text located on the right hand side of the toolbar Insight organizes the information describing data as a set of attributes Examples of attributes are name classification type dimensions elements description value modification time minimum value and maximum value Data files can contain data in many different formats Data files may contain any type of data integer real complex string etc and can be formatted in many different ways tiff gif pict etc Once a data file has been read its contents the data areincluded in Insight as data items Thetemplate project isthe Insight project fileon which all new projects are based The template is named insightxx ipj or insightxx ipj for Unix where xx is the version number of Insight e g insight20 ipj When you open anew project it will contain the graph styles color tables data and visualizations that are included in that template project Insi
75. Factor The resolution of the graphics drawn to the clipboard as compared to screen resolution i e 1 2 means the clipboard has half the resolution as the screen The default is 1 Preferences Dialog Menu Display Select the M enu Customization option from the Category droplist to specify menu preferences The M enu Customization options shown in Figure 2 6 appear Select Visualization Window or Data Window from the M enubar of droplist to select menubar options for one window or the other To show or hide specific menu options select or unselect the optionsin the scrolling list To show all menu optionsin the Visualization or Data M anager window click the Show All button Your changes will take effect the next time you start Insight When you have finished selecting options click OK The dialog closes and a Question dialog appears giving you the option to restart Insight immediately For these preference changes to take effect you must restart the Insight application Preferences Dialog Plugins Path Select the Plugins Customization option from the Category droplist to specify the path where Insight should search for Plugins The Plugins Customization options shown in Figure 2 5 appear By default this path is set to the plugins subdirectory of the Using Insight Setting Insight Preferences 26 Chapter 2 Getting Started Caer vert cha g re Herita a r Wrah J Seia Mee Le ghee Ee
76. Help Figure 5 11 Properties Dialog for an Image Properties Dialog for Images When you select an image in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowing you to modify properties of the image This section describes the dialog controls and how to use them Name Text Field An imageisidentified by itsname Insight refersto the name whenever an imageneedsto be referenced textually for example in lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Color Table List From the Color Table list select the color table desired This option is available for indexed color images and is not available for true color images Display Order Options Select Bottom Up or Top Down to specify the order in which the image should be displayed Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 84 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Image Size Options Select Natural Aspect Ratio or Unrestricted to specify image size in the Visualization window e Select Natural to restrict the image size in the Visualization window to the width and height of theimage data The image displayed will not change size and will be an accurate display of the image data N ote that with a natural image size the resulting image maybe too small or too large to work with e
77. If you have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj Start Insight See Start Insight and Open a Project on page 165 if you re unsure how to do this The tutorial ipj file should be selected in the Getting Started dialog see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ipj Click OK to open the tutorial project Notice that the visualization window opens in the same place you left it when you saved the tutorial file Exercise 2 Import ASCII Data ThelDL distribution contains asample ASCII datafilenamed ascii dat located in the data subdirectory of the examples directory in thel DL distribution We ll useInsight s ASCII file reader function to import data from this file into Insight Select Import File As from the File menu of either the Visualization window or the Data M anager Use the file selection dialog to select the file ascii dat from the data subdirectory of the examples directory of the IDL distribution Click OK The Select File Format for Import dialog appears Click Define and Read ASCII to import the ASCII data The dialog of the ASCII file reader appears This dialog displays the first few lines of the ASCII file and allows you to specify a character that marks comments in the file Select Delimited to indicate that the fields in the file are separated by a delimiter
78. Insight uses the data as if you had provided the data name yourself Standard Insight Dialogs A number of dialogs are used in multiple places in Insight This section describes these general purpose dialogs Using Insight The Insight Interface 18 Chapter 2 Getting Started Project Browser Dialog If more than one project is open this dialog will open to let you choose which project to interact with e g to import data into with IN SPUT or export data out of with INSGET To select a project click on itsnameand hit theOK button or simply double click on the name Note Thisdialogwill not appear if Insight already knows which project you areinteracting with e g if you are using a menu option on a specific project Data Browser Dialog This dialog lets you choose one or more data items from the current project In some cases you will only be permitted to choose one item such as in Analysis dialogs and the Formulator in others likefrom INSGET you can choose multiple items and will have the following additional buttons e All Select all data items e None Deselect all data items Double clicking on a data item does an implicit OK Note Thechoices shown in the browser are not necessarily all of the data items in the project s Data M anager e g if only vectors are appropriatefor thegiven situation all other data will have been filtered out Import IDL Variables Dialog This dialog lets you choose variables from the DL
79. L Virtual Reality Modeling Language Note This format is not available when exporting with the Data M anager It is only available when exporting using Insight s main Export Menu Option on page 20 NOTE The following options apply only to the JPEG or JPG Order Droplist Select the order in which the export file will be written Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Progressive Scans Droplist Select Yes to write the image as a series of scans of increasing quality or No to write the image all at once Quality Enter the quality of the export file The quality scale ranges from 0 bad to 100 excellent The default is 75 which is considered very good quality Note You can export afile with a file format other than standard IDL formats by writing a File Plugin that handles the desired file format See FilePlugins on page 206 Once you have added a File Plugin to Insight it will be contained in thelist of available file formats For more information about exporting files see WRITE_JPEG and other WRITE_ TYPE functions in the IDL Reference Guide Using Insight Importing and Exporting Data 36 Chapter 3 Working With Data Import File Menu Option Select Import File to import an datafile TIFF JPEG etc A fileselection dialog opens select the file you wish to import and click OK If Insight recognizes the file extension gif jpg etc it will automatically import the file If it
80. LE or you can typeitin as SAMPLE making sure you put the character around the data item Baruh HE DARALE EVER Before clicking on Evaluate Formula remember to change Result Data Nameto a name besides samp LE For this example weuse Med Samp a new name click on Evaluate Formula and you should get 8 Once you have chosen a value of 24 5000 for Med Samp Dipl Cresa pkns rra io wee dele ien j eben al Cfo Ae HA ee a 4 EEr ea a ee J af j j A re ee Fiad r HE Tika ted Beye ead Chasis Hare Dr E Pappa aa Me in lipe Step 2 Evaiewte Furmi Dase Seiat Fiera D a liarn waka 7 Pca Daia liam U Gras apia Hima E mads kE Figure 6 21 Formulator Example With this example we have just created two new data items SAM PLE and M ed Samp both of which are now available for usein the Formulator or the Data M anager Using Insight The Formulator 156 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Basic Data Types The following table lists attributes which are supported by Insight s Formulator just the same as they arein IDL Byte Unsigned integers from 0 to 255 Integer Integers from 32768 to 32767 Long Integers from 23 to BLL Float 32 bit single precision floating point number in the range of 10 8 EEE Double Float 64 bit double precision floating point number in the range of 1
81. M enu in the Visualization window The Preferences dialog opens 2 Select Plugins Customization from the Category droplist to specify the directory where Plugins will be placed The Plugins Customization dialog options appear Caution All of the pro and sav filesin the Plugins path must be PlugIns If you have modified the Plugins path Insight will de install any existing Plugins and search the path for new Plugins If any Plugins are found Insight installs them immediately Insight also will search the path saved in the Preferences dialog for Pluglns the next time you start Insight The Plugins path saved in preferences may be overridden by the PLUGINS PATH keyword to INSIGHT Note Any time during a session you can modify and compile an existing Plugin file to use its new functionality Just make sure you don t modify the Plug n s registration routine for example the callback names must remain the same Removing Plugins To remove a Plugin from Insight simply remove it from the Plug ns directory The next time you start Insight the Plugin will not be available About Insight Plugins Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight 205 General Guidelines for Writing Plugins Detailed rules for writing each of the three types of Insight Plugins are included below The following are some general rules that apply to any Insight Plugin Plugin Format Plugins consist of IDL code and are contained in standard IDL pro
82. Mean 0 795443 the average value of a set of val ues Mean Absolute Deviation 0 0982436 the sum of the absolute distance of each sample element from the population or set of values mean Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 183 Median 0 793898 the value in an ordered set of val ues below and above which there is an equal number of values or which is the arithmetic mean of the two middle values if there is no one middle number Variance 0 0136896 the square of the standard devia tion Standard Deviation 0 117003 the root mean square of the devi ations distances from the pop ulation mean Skewness 0163112 lack of symmetry Kurtosis 793014 The peakedness or flatness of the graph ofa frequency distribution especially with respect to the concentration of values near the mean as compared with the nor mal distribution 5 Click OK when you re finished viewing the statistics 6 Select Save Project from the Visualization window s File menu to save these changes to the project 7 Select Exit from the File menu to exit Insight Using Insight 184 Tutorial 8 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Importing ASCII Data This tutorial walks you through the process of importing data into Insight from a formatted ASCII text file What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e Import data from a formatted ASCII text file Exercise 1 Open the Tutorial Project 1
83. Menu visualizingdata 0300 View Menu 63 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 63 endnonscroll 63 defn inst46 63 defn inst47 65 nstopic SelectingVisualizations visualizingdata 0400 Selecting Visualizations 66 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 66 endnonscroll 66 nstopic WorkingWithVisualizations workingwithvis 0100 Working With Visualizations 67 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 67 endnonscroll 67 nstopic EditingVisualizationsEditMenu workingwithvis 0110 Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu 68 topicmacro CIB chapter PI endnonscroll 68 nav_workingwithvis 68 midtopic visualmanager 68 defn inst48 68 midtopic insertplot 69 defn inst49 69 midtopic savestyle 71 defn inst50 71 midtopic theorganizer 71 Using Insight 236 nstopic MovingVisualizations workingwithvis 0300 Moving Visualizations 72 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_aboutinsight 72 endnonscroll 72 nstopic SizingVisualizations workingwithvis 0310 Sizing Visualizations 72 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 72 endnonscroll 72 nstopic RotatingVisualizations workingwithvis 0320 Rotating Visualizations 73 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 73 endnonscroll 73 nstopic WorkingWithVisProperties workingwithvis 0400 Visualization Properties 73 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 73 endnonscroll 73 nstopic ThePropertiesDialog workingwithvis 0420 The
84. Properties Dialog 74 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 74 endnonscroll 74 nstopic DialogforGeneralVisProperties workingwithvis 0430 Dialog for General Visualiza tion Properties 74 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 74 endnonscroll 74 defn inst51 74 nstopic PropertiesDialogforLinePlots workingwithvis 0440 Properties Dialog for Line Plots 75 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 75 endnonscroll 75 defn inst52 75 nstopic PropertiesDialogforScatterPlots workingwithvis 0450 Properties Dialog For Scat ter Plots 78 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 78 endnonscroll 78 defn inst53 78 nstopic PropertiesDialogforHistogramPlots workingwithvis 0460 Properties Dialog for His togram Plots 79 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 79 endnonscroll 79 defn inst54 79 nstopic PropertiesDialogforPolarPlots workingwithvis 0470 Properties Dialog for Polar Plots 80 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 80 endnonscroll 80 defn inst55 80 nstopic PropertiesDialogforContours workingwithvis 0480 Properties Dialog for Contours 81 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 81 endnonscroll 81 defn inst56 81 nstopic PropertiesDialogforImages workingwithvis 0490 Properties Dialog for Images 83 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 83 endnonscroll 83 defn inst58 83 nstopic PropertiesDialogforSurfaces
85. Read Procedure Callback on page 206 If there is no read procedure specify an empty string write_proc a string specifying the name of the callback that writes data see Write Procedure Callback on page 207 If there is no write procedure specify an empty string file_ext a string or array of strings specifying the file extension s to be used when importing and exporting Do not include the period For example the string for a PPM file format should be ppm rather than ppm version a string specifying the version of IDL for which the PlugIn is written revision the string 1 0 Example Registration Function Thefollowingisthe registration function from theM yPPM Plugin included in plugins subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution FUNCTION MyPPM RETURN type File_PlugIn title My PPM PGM Format purpose Handle PPM PGM files read_proc ReadMyPPM write_proc WriteMyPPM file_ext ppm pgm version 5 1 revision 1 0 END MyPPM Using Insight File Plugins 210 Chapter 9 Extending Insight Conditioning Plugins A Conditioning Plugin performs a mathematical operation on an Insight data item selected in the Data M anager window For example you can writea Conditioning Plugin that rotates a data item by 90 degrees Insight includes Conditioning Pluginsin a submenu of the Plugins optio
86. Select this option to duplicate selected data The duplicate data appears in the Data M anager window with aname generated by Insight and based on the original name Create Data Menu Option Select this option to access a submenu of data types you can create Scalar or Array In IDL data can be scalars or arrays of up to eight dimensions For more detail on data types see Type on page 32 Scalar Select this option from the Create D ata menu to create a single element variable a scalar The Create Scalar Data CEESSEZIIEI E dialog appears Hara Ema 1 1 Tochangethename click in the Name text field and edit pox Foe J 2 From the Type droplist select a type of scalar Byte Integer Long Integer Float Double Float Complex Dou i ble Complex and String J a 3 Enter avaluein the Value text field Oe Ceci Help 4 Enter adescription of the scalar in the Description text field if you wish 5 When you are finished click OK Insight stores the scalar and lists its attributes in the Data M anager window Editing and Creating Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 39 Array Ceri E Select this option from the Create D ata Wae Da menu to create data with up to eight a dimensions The Create Array Data dialog appears a mi r 1 L 5 E T 1 Tu J i if jm lo i i 1 To changethe name click in the CJE JE IE IE Je IE JE Name text field and edit rian F he
87. Tutorials 171 Exercise 3 Visualize a Contour 1 Select Contour from the Visualize menu In the dialog select the Z box next to Pool Pebble and click OK Insight displaysa visualization of the data as a contour in theright tile of the Visualization window Select the image visualization not theimage itself Drag the top right and bottom right drag handles until the image is the same height as the Y axis of the contour visualization Select the whole contour visualization There should be boxes in the four corners of the Visualization window If there are no boxes click once in the area around the contour plot Select lt Contour Graph gt Properties from the Edit menu or double click on aclear area within the contour to bring up the Properties dialog for the contour Select Back ground Transparent and click OK Exercise 4 Modify the Pool Pebble Contour 1 Doubleclick on one of the contour lines in the Visualization window The Properties dialog for the contour opens Uncheck the default checkbox next to the Number of Levels field Enter 9 in the Number of Levels text field Let smodify thefirst contour levels Select the first linein thetable From thecolor droplist select green From the line style droplist select Dash Dot Let s removethethird contour levels Select the third linein the table and click Remove Click OK to accept the changes and n
88. UTS Visualization new Into New Axes J Plot Type Line 2D Type image Apply Cancel Help Replace Data Item s Value Replace Data Item Generate Unique Name Figure 6 18 The Smooth Dialog filter of a specified window width A boxcar average filter will average around each data point according to the specified window width Average P24Po PusPo4P 1 5 P 2 Po Pri p Figure 6 17 Smoothing with the Boxcar Average For example a boxcar average filter with a window width of 5 will average two points to the left of the data point two points to the right and the actual data point The boxcar will move over each data point doing the same calculation until all data points have been averaged The Smooth Dialog This section describes the Smooth dialog options which appear when you select the Smooth option of the Analyze menu in the Visualization window The Smooth dialog isshown in Figure 6 18 Smoothing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 149 Array Text Field and Browse Button Inthe Array text field enter adatanameor click Browse to select a data item to smooth In the Data Browser you can D dood Eine A select one item and click OK The selected data name ra appears in the text field Eade Window Width Text Field roe Inthe Window Width text field enter thedesired width also mer called sigma or for the smoothing window Enter an odd tases numbe
89. UsingIDL Fields Unique to the Thin Dialog Thereareno fields uniqueto this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Options for Transpose Description The Transpose algorithm will transpose the rows and columnsin theimagearray T he resulting image will bea mirror of the original image rotated 90 degrees clockwise Typical Uses Use the Transpose algorithm to change between row major and column major organization Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Transpose Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see TRANSPOSE in the DL Reference Guide and Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of UsingIDL Fields Unique to the Transpose Dialog There areno fields unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 145 Options for Subtract Description The Subtract algorithm will subtract oneimage from another Typical Uses Use Subtract to remove processed image data from the original image e g Lee filtered image from original image Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Subtract Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Fields Unique to the Subtract Image Dialog The following fields are unique t
90. Visualization window allowing you to easily distinguish each Symbol Droplist From the Symbol droplist select a plotting symbol Options are plus asterisk period diamond triangle square and X If you do not want a symbol select None Plotting symbols mark each data point in a plot This option is particularly useful when working with several plotsin the Visualization window allowing you to easily distinguish each Note The Symbol droplist is unavailable for histogram plots Symbol Size Slider Use this slider to designate symbol size Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired size The range is from 1 to 10 percent of Visualization size The size is displayed above the slider Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 78 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Name Cosine 360 Plot Points 1 00000 1 00000 LLI el ef Li Minimum Value Maximum Yalue 1 LL I Points to Average Color C Hidden oo o E a Thickness H e Symbol Size Figure 5 7 Properties Dialog for a Scatter Plot Properties Dialog for Scatter Plots When you select symbols of a scatter plot in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowing you to modify properties of the scatter plot This section describes the dialog controls and how to use them Fields in the Scatter Plot Properties Dialog The Scatter Plot Pro
91. a by observing the Chi Square Error Thesmaller the Chi Square Error i e the closer it isto zero the better the fit of the selected model to the data M ake a note of the Chi Square Error for this model and close the Summary dialog Exercise 4 Try Another Model 1 2 5 From the M odel droplist select Cubic Click Apply to perform the operation on atrial basis Note Becausethecurvefitted analysis using the Linear model was doneon atrial basis by clicking Apply its visualization was replaced when you applied the Cubic modal The line plot of the data resulting from the Cubic fit curve analysis is inserted into the visualization In thesummary dialog wecan seehow well theCubic model fitstheoriginal data by checking the Chi Square Error It should be closer to zero than with the Linear model The Cubic model fits the data better Let s assume this is the kind of fit we were looking for To give the output data a specific name first select the M ore option The dialog expands The default name is displayed in the Output text field We could use this name however let s input our own name Click in the text field and edit so that the name appears as Curve Fit Cubic Click OK to generate the new curve fitted data item which used the Cubic model Exercise 5 View the Data Item Generated by the Curve Fitting Process 1 Let s look at the new data item Select Data M ana
92. a data name or click Browse to select a data item from the Data M anager Options for Spearman Correlation Description The Spearman Correlation computes Spearman s rho or r rank Speaman Correlation correlation between two data sets X and Y The result is two apace numbers the rank correlation coefficient r and the two sided Auto Covariance a pe i Hee Soe api A 1 Cross Correlation significance of its deviation from 0 The significance is a value in Cross Comrelogram the interval 0 0 1 0 a smaller value indicates a more significant ee ae correlation Also see O ptions for Kendall Correlation on page Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation 114 Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Typical Uses Multiple Correlation The Spearman Correlation is useful for comparingthecorrdation patelon Spearman Correlation between pairs of ranked data nonparametric correlation It is i similar to the Kendall Correlation but it is important to note that the Kendall and Spearman correlations will give different results The user should havea good knowledge of statistical methods when using either correlation Algorithm Droplist From the Algorithm droplist select Spearman Correlation Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation seeR_CORRELATE in the IDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of UsingIDL Fields Unique to the Spearman Corre
93. age Let s visualize an image Select I mage from the Visualize menu In the dialog select the Vibrations data and click OK Insight displays a visualization of theimage data in the lower left hand corner of the Visualization window Exercise 3 Annotate an Image 1 Let s give theimage a label or title to reflect that it represents the original data To do so click the Text annotation tool on the far right hand side of the Visualization Toolbar located at the top of the Visualization window A text annotation appears on the visualization 2 Doubleclick on the annotation to open the Text Annotation Properties dialog Double click in the Text text field and enter Vibrations Imagel Double click in the Name text field and enter Title magel Note If you select the Visualization M anager Title magel will be listed in the dialog as an element in the Visualization window which can be edited just like any other element such as a plot line axis image etc Adjust the Font Size slider to 9 and the color to Yellow Click OK to close the Properties dialog You will notice that the text annotation now reads Vibrations Imagel 3 Now let s move the annotation to the desired location Click on the annotation and holding down the mouse drag it right above the visualization and center it Exercise 4 Process the Image Now let s process the Vibrations image data 1 Click on
94. als 0250 Visualizing a Surface 170 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 170 endnonscroll 170 Using Insight 243 nstopic AnalyzingDataandAnnotatingTutorial insighttutorials 0260 Analyzing Data and An notating Tutorial 172 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 172 endnonscroll 172 nstopic FitCurveTutorial insighttutorials 0270 Performing a Fit Curve Analysis 176 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 176 endnonscroll 176 nstopic WorkingInDMWindowTutorial insighttutorials 0280 Working In The Data Manager Win dow Tutorial 179 topicmacro CIB chapter PI endnonscroll 179 nstopic ASCIIimportTutorial insighttutorials 0290 Importing ASCII Data Tutorial 183 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 183 endnonscroll 183 nstopic InsightAPI api 0100 Insight API 185 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_api 185 endnonscroll 185 nav_insighttutorials 179 nstopic InsightRoutine api 0110 Insight Routine 187 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_api 187 endnonscroll 187 nstopic InsGetRoutine api 0120 InsGet Routine 189 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_api 189 endnonscroll 189 defn DataBrowserDialog 189 midtopic insgetdialog 190 nstopic InsPutRoutine api 0130 InsPut Routine 192 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_api 192 endnonscroll 192 midtopic insputdialog 195 nstopic InsVisRoutine api 0140 InsVis Routine 197 topicmacro CIB chapter
95. ame Thiswill result in dynamic updating of any current uses of that iten where possible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value Replace Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and a new onewill becreated Futureuseof theold item will no longer be possible For example if an old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties e Generate Unique Name Generates a unique unused name for the data item To Perform the Analysis After you have finished selecting options in the Process Images dialog you can perform the operation in either of two ways 1 Click Apply to perform the operation as a trial This option is helpful when you want to try out various options before making any permanent data and or visualization changes The analysis dialog will remain open so you may modify the parameters and use the Apply option as many times as you wish 2 Click OK to perform the operation accepting any data and or visualization changes The analysis dialog will close Changes via the Undo lt Action gt button of the Visualization window until the next action that affects that window is performed Options for Density Function Description The Density Function compares two images and returnsa histogram distribution equal to the number of simultaneous occurrences at the specified array element The images must hav
96. amed insight 22 prf and is located in your home directory Windows and Macintosh The preference file is named insight 22 prf and is located in the hook subdirectory of the 1ib directory in the IDL distribution If no preferences exist Insight s default preferences are used Insight will attempt to write a preference file when the application exits PROJECT_FILE Set this keyword equal to astring containing the full path name of a project file to open If this keyword is not specified the Getting Started With Insight dialog opens allowing you to select an existing project or open a new project See The Getting Started With Insight Dialog on page 12 Examples INSIGHT To start Insight with default options IDL gt INSIGHT To start Insight in indexed color mode for an 8 bit display passing in data from a file IDL gt INSIGHT INDEXED_COLOR IMPORT_FILE home rob myimage gif To start Insight immediately on an existing project also passing in data from the IDL command line IDL gt INSIGHT x y z PROJECT_FILE home rob project ipj Using Insight Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 191 INSGET Use the IN SGET function to access Insight data items from the IDL command line or from within a Fileor Analysis Plugin INSGET returnseither a single variable containing the data a scalar or an array or a structure containing only data H owever if the PTR_OUT keyword is set INSGET returns either a sin
97. ameof theoriginal data we visualized first Vibrations Click OK The name appears in the Independent 2 text field Insight will correlate the original datanamed Vibrations with the processed data named I mage2 5 Select By Row Orientation and make sure the Summary checkbox is selected and click OK A Summary dialog appears with the correlation results M ake a note of the number displayed and click OK Exercise 6 Modify Properties Select Visualization M anager from the Edit menu Notice that both visualizations and their dements are listed In this dialog select Image 2 and click Edit The Properties dialog for theimage opens In the Color Table list select Eos B and click OK Insight applies the selected color table to mage 2 Note In indexed color mode only one color table can be displayed at atime This means that all the visualizations in the Visualization window are displayed using the color table that belongs to the selected item If you select the original image the one with the title Vibrations Image 1 you ll see both images in the color table associated with the first image If we perform an image correlation analysis again on the Vibrations image and I mage 2 we would get the same correlation results Changing the Properties of Image 2 only changed its appearance not the image data itself Exercise 7 Annotate the Image 1 A
98. arianceMatrix analyzingdata 0270 Dialog For Linear Covariance Matrix 114 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 114 endnonscroll 114 defn inst71 114 crossref correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 114 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 114 nstopic DialogForMultipleCorrelation analyzingdata 0280 Dialog For Multiple Correlation 115 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 115 endnonscroll 115 Using Insight 239 defn inst66 115 crossref m_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 115 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 115 nstopic DialogForPartialCorrelation analyzingdata 0290 Dialog For Partial Correlation 115 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 115 endnonscroll 115 defn inst67 115 crossref p_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 115 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 115 nstopic DialogForSpearmanCorrelation analyzingdata 0295 Dialog For Spearman Correlation 116 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 116 endnonscroll 116 defn inst68 116 crossref r_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 116 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 116 nstopic FitCurveMenuOption analyzingdata 0300 Fit Curve Menu Option 117 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 117 endnonscroll 117 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 117 defn FitCurveSummarydialogDefinition 117 nstopic TheFitCurveDialog analyzingdata 0320 The Fit Curve Dialog 119 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 119 end
99. ation Click OK See Retain All Visualizations on page 65 for more on how tiling schemes like this interact with the setting of the Retain All Visualizations property As you can see the image appears rotated slightly Now select the Undo toolbar button theeighth button from theleftin the Visualization toolbar T herotated imagedisappears and theoriginal imagereappears Choosing undo not only reverses the visualization but also the analysis because we selected undo Insight will not generate new data reflecting the rotate image analysis If we had performed another action or saved the project before selecting Undo we would not have been able to undo the rotation Select Exit from the File menu Insight will prompt you to save the project Click No The tutorial project closes and the Insight application quits without saving changes Using Insight 178 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Tutorial 6 Curve Fitting Analysis This tutorial walks you through steps for fitting a curve to data What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e Perform Fit Curve Analysis Exercise 1 Open the Tutorial Project 1 Ifyou have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj 2 Start Insight see Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 if you reunsurehow to do this Thetut
100. ay For example the structuring element might bea 2x3 array while the image might be a 100x100 array The number of dimensions 2 isthe same for both while the actual dimen sion sizes are different 2x3 10 01 11 Original Structuring Result Element Figure 6 8 Dilate Structuring Element ast Using Insight Image Processing 136 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Typical Uses Dilate is useful in filling holes islands and peninsulae which are smaller than the user specified structuring element It can also be used to produce image effects Dilate can be considered the inverse or dual of erode however one function cannot be used to reverse the effects of the other Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Dilate Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see DILATE in the IDL Reference Guideand Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Dilate Dialog The following fields are unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for adiscussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Structure Text Field and Browse Button In the Structure text field enter a data name or click Browse to select a structuring element from the Data M anager In the Data Browser you can select one item and click OK The selected data name appears in the text field Options for Erode Description Theero
101. bar To find out more about the Data M anager window see Chapter 3 Working With Data Using the Visualization Window You can use the Visualization window as an Analysis tool in several ways e To Visualize from Analysis Analysis modules that support visualization will have visu alization optionsin the OUTPUTS section of their dialogs The details of such options are described below e To Automatically Select Data If a plot line contour image or surface is selected before entering an analysis module the name of the corresponding data item will automatically be inserted into the appropriate input text widget of the analysis dialog e To Permit Visualization Inserts Select any element of a visualization before entering an analysis module to enable inserting into that visualization The Analyze Menu Ez Wea Het TheAnalyzemenu providesoptionsfor performing dataanalysisand Krea generating data This menu also gives you accessto an advanced data fe bas calculator called the Formulator see The Formulator on page 152 Seca and a submenu of Analysis Plugins see Analysis Plugins on page Fearn 212 for more information Pigiai Note You can add an analysis operation to Insight by writing an Anal ysis Plugin that performs your own special operation See Chap ter 9 Extending Insight Onceyou haveadded an Analysis Plugin to Insight it will bean option in the Plugins submenu in the Analyze menu Using Analyz
102. button to determine how duplicate data names will be handled e Display Message Displays a dialog warning message if the Output data name is already in use by another data item Using Insight Correlation 108 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data e ReplaceDataltem sValue Replaces the value of an existing data item of thesamename Thiswill result in dynamic updating of any current uses of that iten where possible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value e Replace Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and a new onewill becreated Futureuseof theold item will no longer be possible For example if an old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties e Generate Unique Name Generates a unique unused name for the data item To Perform the Analysis After you have finished selecting options in the Correlate dialog you can perform the Operation in either of two ways 1 Click Apply to perform the operation as a trial This option is helpful when you want to try out various options before making any permanent data and or visualization changes The analysis dialog will remain open so you may modify the parameters and use the Apply option as many times as you wish 2 Click OK to perform the operation accepting any data and or visualization changes The analysis dialog will close Changes cannot be undone viat
103. c hyperbolic trig logistic geometric trigonometric summation and trigonometric prod uct models see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide for information on quadratic plus Gaussian model see GAU SSFIT in the IDL Reference Guide for information on the variable sinc model see CURVEFIT in the DL Reference Guide Note When Insight uses CURVEFIT it supplies an initial guess vector consisting of all 1 0s Note If your data does not start at X 0 and have an integer increment between samples you should specify an independent vector This will ensure that the model is applied properly and that inserted visualizations align correctly with existing visualizations Curve Fitting Equations The following table contains a summary of the curve fitting equations used by Insight Listed below the table is a brief description of each equation with its typical uses Using Insight Curve Fitting 126 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Model Equation Linear y A Bx Linear with Outliers y A Bx Quadratic y A Bx Cx Cubic y A Bx Cx Dx3 Quartic y A Bx Cx Dx3 Ex Quintic y A Bx Cx Dx3 Ext Fx Exponential y A BC Logsquare y A Blog x Clog x Hyperbolic y IXA Bx Hyperbolic Trigonometric y A Bsinh Cx Dcosh Ex Logistic y 1HA BC Geometric y A Bx Trigonometric Summation y A Bsin Cx Dcos Ex Trigonometric Product y A Bsin Cx cos Dx Quadratic Gauss
104. cation To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name X and Y Location Sliders Use the X Location and Y Location sliders to designate the X and Y location of the annotation Adjust the slider value by clickingin its bar or dragging its knob to thedesired location M oving theslider to the left and right moves the annotation up and down in the Visualization window X Slider left left right right Y Slider left down right up Font Droplist From the Font Type droplist select a font for a text annotation Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 100 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Font Size Slider Adjust the Font Size slider to the desired character size 9 72 points for a text annotation Text Angle Text Field and Slider Enter the angle of rotation for atext annotation in the Text Angle text field or adjust the slider to the desired angle of rotation Color Droplist From the Color droplist select a color for the text annotation Alignment Slider Adjust the slider to the desired alignment 0 to 1 A setting of zero aligns the text on the right an alignment of one aligns it on the left The default alignment 0 5 centers the text Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the text annotation from view Note To makea hidden annotation visible Select the Visualization M anager option from the Edit menu The Visualization M anager Window appearslisting al
105. ce on theimage to select it Select Process Images from the Analyze menu In the Process Image dialog you will notice that the name of the data Vibrations already appears in the Image text field so there s no need to browse to select data 2 From thealgorithm droplist select LeeFilter 3 From the Visualization droplist select new and click More The dialog extends to reveal more options Click in the Output text field and enter aname for the new data item that will be created and placed in the Data M anager I mage 2 4 Click OK Insight visualizesthe processed imagenamed Image in thesecond available spacein thetilingscheme thelower right spacein the Visualization window You ll notice that the Lee Filter processing caused the mage to appear lighter Exercise 5 Perform a Correlation Now let s correlate the first and second images to see how they compare Using Insight 176 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 1 Select Image 2 Select Correlate from the Analyze menu 2 In theCorrelate dialog you will notice that the name of the data I mage2 already appears in the Independent text field so there s no need to browse to select that data From the algorithm droplist select I mage Correlation 4 Next to the Independent 2 text field click Browse A Data Browser opens with a list of available images you can usefor the correlation Select then
106. ceny Al F Rew Pug Open Pr d Oise Pa See Peed Sunes Propo oi ce i ss De Figure 2 6 Preferences Dialog with Menu Customization Options insight subdirectory of the examples directory in theIDL distribution A number of example Plugins are included in this directory a a Per Fuh TRA arge na p beat Rewer Weve lite bine Dow ha meded daria all Gen coached ri at kran bp io hoticarnd ica Phagin iisa Enea Phagire reall ben ieia Pa ha WREN m nea ai mai Figur 7 Preferen dslogosSpecify tie PlugIns Path e Click Add to add a directory to the list e Click Remove to remove a directory from thelist Setting Insight Preferences Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 27 e Click Move Up to movea directory up onein the list e Click Move Down to move a directory down onein thelist Insight will search for all pro and sav filesin thedirectories from top to bottom in the list If both a pro anda sav fileexist for thesame Plugin in a given directory the pro file will be used If agiven PlugIn existsin multiple directories it will beignored in all but the first directory in which it is located Note All of the pro and sav filesin the Plugins path must be Plugins Preferences Dialog Preference File Select the Preference option from the Category droplist to specify the file to which Preferences will be written The Preferences Custom
107. cess Image Dialog for Wavelets Transform 232 06 Process Image Dialog for Wavelets Inverse 232 07 Smooth Dialog 232 00 Scalar Data Attributes dialog 232 10 Image Data Attributes dialog 232 15 Array Value dialog 232 248 bmc inst215 bmp 232 topic inst300 bitmaps 300 bmc inst300 bmp 232 topic inst310 bitmaps 310 bmc inst310 bmp 232 topic inst320 bitmaps 320 bmc inst320 bmp 232 CEI cf22 CFB C C C C C C C C C CE NCE CE CE Formulator Pulldown More Button Less Button Evaluate Button Fourier Transform FitCurveSummarydialogDefinition glossary 0120 Fit Curve Summary dialog Definition f4 f5 f6 Eie fe fo 10 fli 12 3 qn 5M 6 232 232 232 232 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 finition glossary 0100 topic inst1001 bitmaps 1001 bme inst1001 bmp 232 topic inst1002 bitmaps 1002 bmc inst1002 bmp 232 topic inst1003 bitmaps 1003 bmc inst1003 bmp 232 topic inst1004 bitmaps 1004 bmc inst1004 bmp 233 topic inst1005 bitmaps 1005 bmc inst1005 bmp 233 topic inst1006 bitmaps 1006 bmc inst1006 bmp 233 topic inst1007 bitmaps 1007 bmc inst1007 bmp 233 topic inst1008 bitmaps 1008 bmc inst1008 bmp 233 topic inst1009 bitmaps 1009 bmc inst1009 bmp 233 topic inst1010 bitmaps 1010 bmc inst1010 bmp 233 topic
108. character rather than all of a specified length Enter the character in the text field next to the label Comment String to Ignore this tells Insight to discard the symbol and anything that follows it on a given line Finally click on the first line of data in the display at the bottom of thedialog this should beline5 to updatethe Data Starts at Line field Click Next Thesecond page shows the form of the data to be imported Notice that the header lines and everything after the comment character has been removed from the display The text field labelled Number of Fields Per Line reports on the number of data items in each line With thedefault delimiter Whitespace thisfield shows 4 3 for theexampledata file Set the Delimiter field to Tab and notice that thenumber of fields per lineisnow simply 4 the ascii dat fileistab delimited and is missing one value Click Next Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 185 6 Thethird page allows you to specify how data will be imported into Insight Thetablein the upper left corner of the dialog displays the names of the fields in each record and reports the data type of each field You can change either the name or the data type associated with a given field by selecting a field in thetableand adjusting thenameor field shown at the top right of the dialog By default Insight will import each record from the data fi
109. cro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 42 endnonscroll 42 defn inst23 43 nstopic ConditioningData workingwithdata 0600 Conditioning Data The Data Manager Condi tion Menu 44 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 44 endnonscroll 44 defn inst24 44 crossref REFORM gt SecWin idl hlp 44 defn inst25 45 crossref CONGRID gt SecWin idl hlp 45 defn inst26 46 crossref REVERSE gt SecWin idl hlp 46 defn inst27 46 defn inst28 47 crossref SORT gt SecWin idl hlp 47 crossref ROTATE gt SecWin idl hlp 47 crossref UNIQ gt SecWin idl hlp 47 defn inst29 47 crossref TRANSPOSE gt SecWin idl hlp 48 nstopic VisualizingData visualizingdata 0100 Visualizing Data 49 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 49 endnonscroll 49 nstopic WhatIsVisualization visualizingdata 0110 What Is Visualization 50 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 50 endnonscroll 50 defn ElementDefinition 50 defn PropertiesDefinition 50 nstopic TheVisualizationWindow visualizingdata 0120 The Visualization Window 50 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 50 endnonscroll 50 defn inst01 50 nstopic VisualizationToolBar visualizingdata 0130 Insight Tool Bar 51 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 51 endnonscroll 51 nstopic VisualizationMenuBar visualizingdata 0140 Visualization Menu Bar 52 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 52 endnonscroll 52 nstopic TheVis
110. ct Filter to view a submenu of options representing data Soy classifications When you select one of the options Insight displaysonly ang data matching that classification in the Data M anager window For example if you select the Image menu option Insight only displays the aD hay names and attributes of data classified as images See Data Attributes on nhs Stl dewey page 31 Sort Menu Option Select Sort to view a submenu of options representing the data Sr Denikskn attributes by which you can sort Sort optionsinclude classification naan tee dimensions modification time name size source and type When dp Hares you select an option Insight sorts all datain the Data M anager ees window by that attribute For example if you select the By Type ir Ty menu option Insight sorts and displays data by type All Byte data would be listed together followed by all data items for another type Using Insight Viewing Data 44 Chapter 3 Working With Data Name Data Dimensions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 e Cancel _Help Figure 3 7 Reformat Dialog for Vectors and Arrays up to 8 Note You also can sort by simply clicking the desired column header in the Data M anager window Conditioning Data Contin Use the Data M anager s Condition menu options to reformat resize Tt reverse sample sort and transpose data Raniti Sunn Note Thedifferencebetween dataconditioning and data a
111. current operation For example data items of type I mage are not available when creating a line plot 2 From the Image Style droplist select a style Styles determine the look of your visualization For moreinformation on styles see About Styles on page 100 Using Insight Images 60 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data ee pari ip y Surface xi licked TEON Select one or more from the Z column e i Perea a eami wam Optionally select one x and one Y E i ei Er Small Dist 60 T Bell T Vibrations T Pool Pebble IV Domed Surface T Sombrero Surface Style Basic Surface j Cancel Help TUINEN iar Figure 4 10 Surface and Surface Dialog 3 When you arefinished click OK Thedialogclosesand Insight displays theimagein the Visualization window To view or modify this visualization see Editing Visualizations The Edit M enu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Surfaces EEN ee Select Surface to open a Surface dialog from which you can specify data and options for displaying a three dimensional surface in the Visualization window Any two dimensional data item can be displayed as a surface or three dimensional representation of the data item Insight depicts the surface by interpreting each element value as an elevation The Surface Dialog Selecting the Surface option from the Visualize menu opens the Surface dialog 1 Select one data items by sel
112. cyclical fluctuations Correlation Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 109 Algorithm Droplist From the Algorithm droplist select Auto Correlation Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed This Correlation cannot be visualized however a Summary dialog is available Note For moreinformation seeA_CORRELATE in the IDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of UsingIDL Fields Unique to the Auto Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Lag Text Field In the Lag text field enter the offset as an integer value The lag represents a time difference between elements in a dataset and indicates how far to look behind or ahead in time Options for Auto Correlogram Description Auto Correlogram isa plot which displays Auto Correlation on the Auto Cowelogram i l y axis versus Lag on the x axis Auto Covariance Typical Uses Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Use Auto Correlogram to graphically determinethe stationarity of Cross Covariance Image Correlation a time series This may be useful in predicting data trends and Kendal Conelation inear Correlation fluctuationsin time Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance Algorithm Droplist Muti ete H Partial Correlation From the Algorithm droplist select Auto Correlogram
113. d 192 196 GROUP keyword 192 195 202 H HDF Hierarchical Data Format 36 Help Menu DataManager 48 Help Menu Visualization window 27 Histogram Plots 55 IDL 28 IEEE standard 32 156 image attributes 41 IMAGE keyword 196 Image Processing 132 Image processing 132 see also Process Images Images 59 Import IDL Variables Dialog 199 IMPORT_FILE keyword 189 Importing Data when starting 13 Filesin Visualization Window 21 IDL Variablesin Visualization Window 21 Importing and Exporting Data 34 Importing Data 34 Importing files 36 37 importing variables into Insight 194 INDEXED_COLOR keyword 189 INSGET function 191 Insight Analysis 104 Exiting 22 GettingHelp 27 Index G N Index Interface Introduction 16 Starting 12 Tutorials 163 INSIGHT procedure 189 INSPUT procedure 194 Instance Drawing 24 INSVIS procedure 201 Interface Introduction 16 Moving Elements 66 72 Moving Visualizations 72 Rotating Surfaces 72 Selecting Visualizations 66 Sizing Visualizations 72 K known filetypes 13 L Lee Filter 141 LinePlots 53 LIVE_LOAD routines 12 M Manual Organization 5 maximum attribute 33 M enus Analyze 104 Conditioning 44 Edit 37 68 File 19 34 Help 28 48 View 42 63 Visualize 52 minimum attribute 33 MODE keyword 202 modification time attribute 32 name attribute 31 NAM E keyword 192 196 NEW_NAME keyword 196 NO_DRAW keyword 196 Usingnsight Index O organization 5 Organizer 71
114. dard IDL formats by writingaFilePlugin that handlesthedesired fileformat See FilePlugins on page 206 e You can use the Save Project As menu option to save the project with a new project name Theadditional project will contain the same data as the original See Save Project As Menu Option on page 20 e You can usethelDL routine N SGET to convert Insight dataitemsinto IDL variables and the INSPUT routine to convert IDL variables into Insight data items See INSPUT on page 194 and INSGET on page 191 After Opening a Project After you have selected a project to open or imported data into anew projects theInsight Visualization window associated with the selected project appears For a description of this window see The Visualization Window on page 50 Thisis the project s main window and your primary working area In this window you will save changes to the project open additional projects close the current project and exit Insight Using the Visualization window s menu and toolbar options you can work with data in a variety of ways and navigate to all components of the project including the Data M anager window If you have opened an existing or example project the Data M anager window also may appear depending on the project Insight lists all project data in the Data M anager window For adescription of the Data M anager window and to find out how to work with data items see Working With Data
115. data item for the Text field Note You can enter the name of a data item found in the data manager into the Text field Thenamemust be delimited by bars Thenamewill be used to get thedata value which is then inserted as a string into the text annotation the bars are not included in the resultant text annotation For example assume there is a data item named Text Header that is a textual description of data read in from afile The content of Text H eader is Thisisalong explanation of my data Thistext string could be used as a text annotation by simply entering Text H eader as the text value of the annotation The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 99 El Properties x r rT T Enable Formatting X Location 0 500000 Y Location 0 500000 S u wi H H Font Helvetica Color Black j 12 4 al Alignment 0 500000 Font Size Ki gt Text Angle 0 000000 T Hidden aja a OK Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 19 Properties Dialog for Text Annotation Enable Formatting If set this will interpret to be the font and sizing commands For more information see fonts in Using IDL Name Text Field An annotation is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever an annotation needs to be referenced textually for examplein lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight appli
116. dd thecorrelation result asatext annotation to Image 2 Click in thesecond visualization and select the Text Annotation tool in the toolbar After the text annotation appears on the visualization double click it The Text Annotation Properties dialog opens 2 Inthat dialog click in the Text text field and enter the following Correlation 869864 Adjust the Font Size slider to 9 the color to Red and click OK Drag the annotation to the top of the image Exercise 8 Smooth the Image Data Now let s visualize mage 2 and smooth the data to soften edges and compensate for random noise 1 Select Image from the Visualize menu Since analysis operations generate data the Image 2 data basically the Vibrations data processed with the Lee Filter algorithm has been added to our dataareaand list of datachoices Select I mage2 and click OK Insight visualizes the image in the third available space in the tiling scheme the upper left hand corner Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 177 2 Select thel mage 2 in the window Select Smooth from theAnalyzemenu In the Smooth dialog you will notice that the name of the data I mage 2 already appears in the Array text field so there s no need to browse to select data In the Window Width text field make sure 3 appears as the desired width for the smoothing window Deselect the EdgeTruncate option so that
117. dealgorithm commonly known as shrink or reduce is used to remove islands of pixels smaller than the structuring element The structuring element is an array which is moved over each pixel of the image the structuring element must have the same number of dimensions as the image The user creates the structuring element Fokds Edge Eskari Fisa ee E e Tis Note Thestructuring element must contain boolean values 0 s and T s and have the same number of dimensions as the image array For example the structuring element might be a 2x3 Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 137 array whiletheimagemight bea 100x100 array Thenumber of dimensions 2 isthe same for both while the actual dimension sizes are different 100x100 2x3 100x100 10 01 11 Original Structuring Result Elernent Figure 6 9 Erode Structuring Element aster Typical Uses Useerodeto removeislands of pixels smaller than the user specified structuring element It can also be used to produce image effects Erode can be considered the inverse or dual of dilate however one function cannot be used to reverse the effects of the other Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Erode Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see ERODE in the IDL Reference Guide and I mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Erode Dialog The following fields ar
118. der value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired width M oving the knob to the left decreases the width Height Slider Use the Height slider to modify the height of the entire Visualization relative to the dimensions of the Visualization window Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired height M oving the knob to the left decreases the height Note You also can manipulate Visualizations directly using the mouse M oving Visualiza tions and Elements on page 72 Visualization Hidden Checkbox Select the Visualization Hidden checkbox to hide the selected Visualization from view This option is helpful when you are working with several Visualizations in the window and you do not want to re draw all of the Visualizations each timea modification is made Hidden Visualizations are not removed from the Visualization window Background Transparent Checkbox Select the Background Transparent checkbox to change the selected Visualization s background from white to clear Use this option to overlay one Visualization on top of another and view both at thesametime For example if acontour is placed over an image Visualization theimage will be obscured unless the contour s background istransparent Properties Dialog for Plot Lines of a Line Plot Visualization When you select a plot line in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowin
119. does not recognize the file extension or if thereis morethan one method for opening files of the specified type it will open the Select File Format for Import dialog allowing you to choose a file format i Select File Format for Import xi Formats bmp Microsoft Windows Bitmap dat Structured Binary gif Graphics Interchange Format hdf Hierarchical Data Format peg jpg Joint Photographic Experts Group pict Macintosh Picture Format ppm pgm My PPM PGM Format srf sun rast Sun Raster File tiff tif Tagged Image File Format awd 3 Windows Dump Define and Read ASCII OK Cancel Help Figure 3 4 Select File Format for Import Dial The various file types should be familiar to most users with the possible exception of the nat format which stands for Hierarchical Data Format or HDF For more information about H DF see the Scientific D ata Formats manual If you select Define and Read ASCII from the Select File Format for Import dialog Insight will allow you to interactively definetheformat of an ASCII datafile and then read the file The ASCII file reader is described in Reading ASCII Format Files on page 37 Note You can import a file with a file format other than standard IDL formats by writing aFilePlugin that handlesthe desired fileformat See FilePluglns on page206 Once you have added a File Plugin to Insight it will be contained in th
120. dow This section briefly describes how to use the different annotations See Figure 4 12 below to see how the annotations appear on a visualization For more detailed information see Properties Dialogs for Annotations on page 90 Colorbar Annotation Select Colorbar to add acolorbar to your visualization Colorbars will automatically be generated with indexed color images when an image visualization is created To set the colorbar properties double click the colorbar The Colorbar Annotation Properties dialog opens see Colorbar Annotation on page 90 Note Colorbarsarenot availablefor truecolor images Thecolorbar will correspond to the palette of the image the axis will be index values into the palette If the graphical properties of the image are changed the colorbar will reflect that update if neces sary Thecolorbar will always reflect the imagein the visualization If the associated image is deleted the colorbar will not appear in the visualization Using Insight Annotations 62 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data Legend Annotation Select Legend to add a legend to your visualization Legends will be generated when a plot contour or surface graph is created legends are not generated for images To set the legend properties double click the legend The Legend Properties dialog opens see Legend Annotation on page 93 Note Thelegend and colorbar menu options are not often necessary since they are auto
121. e External Development Guide The External D evelopment Guide explains how to useIDL in concert with your computer s operating system or with programs written in other programming languages Scientific Data Formats Scientific Data Formats contains detailed information about DL s routines for dealing with Common Data Format CDF Hierarchical Data Format HDF Earth Observing IDL Documentation Using Insight Chapter 1 Overview 5 System extensions to H DF H DF EOS and Network Common Data Format NetCDF files IDL DataMiner Guide ThelDL DataM iner Guide contains information on using DL to interact with databases using the Open Database Connectivity ODBC interface Note TheDataMiner option must be purchased separately IDL HandiGuide The HandiGuideis a handy quick reference that contains calling sequence information on all IDL routines Manual Organization This manual tells you how to start and use the Insight application We assume you e arefamiliar with graphical user interfaces e have aworking knowledge of the operating system you are using e understand the operations and language associated with scientific data analysis mathe matical functions and data types Using Insight is divided into the following chapters Chapter 1 Overview this chapter describes the organization of this manual and its intended audience and tells you how to get help Chapter 2 Getting Started on page 11 tells you how
122. e the same dimensions Typical Uses The Density Function is useful in determining the similarity between two images Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 135 Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Density Function Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation seeH IST 2D in theIDL ReferenceGuideand mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Density Function Dialog The following fields are unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for adiscussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Image 2 Text Field and Browse Button In the Image text field enter a data name or click Browse to open the Data Browser of data from which to choose In the Data Browser you can select one item and click OK The selected data name appears in the text field Options for Dilate Description The dilate algorithm commonly known as fill expand or grow is used to fill holes and other types of data lossin an image which are smaller than the structuring element The structuring element isan array which ismoved over each pixel of theimage the structuring element must have the same number of dimensions as the image The user creates the structuring element Note Thestructuring element must contain boolean values 0 s and 1 s and have the same number of dimensions as the image arr
123. e X axis with theindices of the data item Optionally select one box in the X column for any data item in thelist If you select an X and aY Insight will plottheY the dependent data asa function of theX independent data 2 From the Plot Style droplist select a style Styles determine the look of your visual ization For more information on styles see About Styles on page 100 Using Insight Line Plots 54 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data pigi a TIN Lema Creagh eer tone ARE al Scatter Plot x Pip Pa beai dri i E EEFEEECE LEen e e Select one or more from the Y column Optionally select one Xx I Sine 360 I Damped Sine 360 I Damped Sine 180 I Noisy Damped Sine 180 T Cosine 360 I Ramp 360 Scatter Plot Style Basic Plot Cancel Help Figure 4 5 Scatter Plot and Scatter Plot Dialog Note If you want to view morethan one visualization at a time set up thetiling schemein your Visualization window Always set up the tiling scheme before doing a visualiza tion For more details see The View M enu on page 63 3 When you are finished with the dialog click OK The dialog closes and Insight displays the plot in the Visualization window To view or modify this plot see Editing Visualiza tions The Edit M enu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Scatter Plots EI e Select Scatter Plot to open a Scatter Plot dialog from which you can sel
124. e inst60 bmp 229 bitmaps bme inst6l bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst62 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst63 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst64 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst65 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst66 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst67 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst68 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst69 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst70 bmp 229 bitmaps bme inst7l bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst72 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst73 bmp 229 bitmaps bmc inst74 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst75 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst76 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst77 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst78 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst79 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst80 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst81 bmp 230 bitmaps bmc inst82 bmp 230 bitmaps 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 13 topic inst731 bitmaps 731 bmc inst731 bmp 230 74 TS 76 77 78 19 80 81 82 83 Image Properties Dialog 228 Axes Properties Dialog 229 Annotations 229 Correlate Dialog for Auto Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Cross Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Kendall Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Linear Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Linear Correlation Matrix 229 Correlate Dialog for Multiple Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Partial Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Spearman Correlation 229 Correlate Dialog for Auto Covariance 229 Correlate Dialog for Cross Covariance 229 Correlate Dialog for L
125. e irge Weer Hell Window MOAR ALIIE am Visualization Ee nT DSSS SaaS EeGUBeeOGSOA ioira options ue Viewing area where data is N visualized Bounding box indicat itat a visualizatio E S teer F alr l i H id i is selected i Ff M i ee ee y sal 1 ji m F wW J Boil Mil 1 T The plotline a l Ni and the axes i are both Adescriptod n elements theouttonver ig includddthe which the visualization mouse is positioned appears here Figure 4 1 Visualization Window shown with an example Insight Toolbar The Insight Toolbar appears across the top of the Visualization window below the menubar The Toolbar features buttons corresponding to various menu options When a menu option is disabled the corresponding toolbar button is disabled as well When you move the mouse over each button thenameof the button appears in the lower left hand corner of the Visualization window The figure below shows the default toolbar buttons New Open Save Importimport PrintData Undo Line ScatteltistogrBmlarContour ProjecrojectProjecFile IDL Manager COPY Plot Plot Plot PJot Variablg Redo Image Surface El insight C idlb4 DL5 ezamples insigh projectsexemple2 ipj OK Line File Edit Visuglize Analyte View Help Annotatio pa es EP EN JE Pa 8 eS Pal em JN Rectangle Annotatio Text Annotatio Figure 4 2 Toolbar Buttons Using Insight The Visualization Window
126. e list If you select an X and aY Insight will plot the Y the dependent data as a function of the X independent data From the Histogram Style droplist select a style Styles determine the look of your visualization For more information on styles see About Styles on page 100 When you are finished with the dialog click OK The dialog closes and Insight displays the plot in the Visualization window To view or modify this plot see Editing Visualiza tions The Edit M enu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Select Polar Plot to open a Polar Plot dialog from which you can select data and options for drawing a polar plot in the window A polar plotisa plot of data in the polar coordinate system using angle Theta and radius instead of the cartesian x y coordinate system Polar plots display the data item in terms of angle Theta radians and distance r radius from the origin 0 0 Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 57 The Polar Plot Dialog Selecting the Polar Plot option from the Visualize menu opens the Polar Plot dialog 1 Select one T angle box for any vector in the list 2 Select one or more vectorsin the r radius box in the data selection list Note You can onlyselect one T angle box but you can select multiple r radius boxes The r vectors dependent variables are plotted against the T angle independ
127. e menu options you can correlate fit curves to perform image processing on and smooth data Analyze dialogs give you options for e selecting input data algorithms and models What is Data Analysis in Insight Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 105 e specifying various analysis criteria e naming output data e viewing analysis results if applicable e as new visualizations in the Visualization window e as visualization elements inserted into existing visualizations e as a summary dialog Correlation Select Correlate to open adialogwhich allowsyoutocorrelatedata m The dialog options displayed depend on the algorithm selected iy ctl When you select an algorithm from the dialog s Algorithm droplist iroh the unique options associated with that algorithm appear For more Fanna details see Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL 7 4 What is Correlation Correlation involves quantifying the likeness or degree to fit of one or more sample populations to an ideal linear model or to other sample populations The measure of likeness may be based upon the actual data values or upon their magnitude based ranks Based on criteria you specify in the Correlate dialog Insight automatically computes the correlation and opens a window showing the correlation value For example an output valueof 1 0 indicates a perfect positive linear correlation an output value of 1 0 indicates a perfect nega
128. e operating system you are using Microsoft Windows Doubleclick on the Insight icon in thel DL program group or select Insight from the IDL section of the Start menu Macintosh Double click on the Insight icon in theIDL folder Unix or VMS Enter insight at the system command prompt Note that if you or your system administrator did not create links to IDL and Insight when installing IDL you may need to either change to the IDL directory or give a full path name Consult your system administrator if simply entering insight at the prompt does not start Insight Starting Insight from within IDL gives you access to all of ID L s functionality along with Insight You can move IDL variables into and out of Insight from thel DL command line To start Insight from within IDL enter insight at theIDL command prompt Starting Insight from within IDL also allows you to specify keywords to the Insight procedure at startup you cannot do thisif you start Insight from the operating system Note In Windows starting Insight without first starting IDL runsInsight in runtimemode This means that even though IDL is running IDL must be running for Insight to run you will not have access to the IDL Development Environment or the DL command prompt Using Insight 166 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials When you start Insight for the first time the Getting Started with Insight dialog opens This dialog presents a list of the three most recently opened Insig
129. e unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for adiscussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Structure Text Field and Browse Button In the Structure text field enter a data name or click Browse to select a structuring element from the Data M anager In the Data Browser you can select oneitem and click OK The selected data name appears in the text field Using Insight Image Processing 138 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Options for FFT Description The Fast Fourier Transform FFT algorithm is an important tool in image processing It transforms an image from the spatial domain into the frequency domain where the spectral components of the image can then be observed and or manipulated using various frequency filters and algorithms Once an image has been transformed it must be inverse transformed FFT Inverse before it can be displayed as an image again Result Spatial Frequency Domain Domain Figure 6 10 Fast Fourier Transform Typical Uses Use FFT to perform various types of frequency analysis on an image e g lowpass bandpass highpass filtering Note Thecurrent version of Insight doesnot incorporate specific frequency filtering tools however the advanced user has the option of applying conditioning tools the T he Formulator Plugins and the IDL language to perform Fourier analysis Algorithm Droplist From the droplist se
130. ect data and options for drawing a scatter plot in the Visualization window A scatter plot contains plotted symbols at data points without connecting them The Scatter Plot Dialog Selecting the Scatter Plot option from theVisualizemenu opensthe Scatter Plot dialog 1 Select one or more vectors by selecting the Y box to the left of one or more data items in the data selection list If you select only the Y box for a data item Insight will label the Visualization s Y axis with data values the dependent data and label the X axis with the indices of the data item Scatter Plots Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 55 Ce ee eee eee l A AFE Histogram xi Select one or more from the Y column Optionally select one Xx i a bemi drsi p Ea I Sine 360 I Damped Sine 360 I Damped Sine 180 I Noisy Damped Sine 180 I Cosine 360 I Ramp 360 Histogram Style Basic Plot Cancel Help je n TEI 4 Sate ee ies i Figure 4 6 Histogram Plot and Histogram Dialog Optionally select one X box for any data item in the list If you select an X and aY Insight will plot the Y the dependent data as a function of the X independent data 2 From the Scatter Plot Style droplist select a style Styles determine the look of your visualization For more information on styles see About Styles on page 100 3 When you are finished with the dialog click OK The
131. ect the Plot Type from the droplist Scatter Line or Histogram 3 Select the axes from the Insert Into droplist New Axes or X Axis Y Axis Note The choice New Axes is always available however the additional choices depend on what the axes are named and how many sets of axes are present eg X Axis Y Axis X Axis 001 Y Axis 001 Data Name 1 Axis Data Name 2 Axis My Axis Name My Other Axis Name etc Click OK The dialog closes and a Visualization of the selected data is inserted into the selected plot Apply Style Select Apply Style to view a submenu of visualization styles of the same type as the selected visualization Select a style to apply it to the selected visualization To find out more about styles see the Save Style option below and About Styles on page 100 Save Style Select this option to open the Save Visualization Style dialog which allows you to savethe data independent properties of a selected Visualization as astyle Click in the Name Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 71 text field and edit The style will be saved in the project and it will be listed as an option in the submenu of Apply Style see above when a visualization of the same typeis selected For more information see About Styles on page 100 Organizer Select this option to open the Organizer
132. ecting the Z box to the left of one data item in the data selection list Optionally select one X and one Y box for any data item in the list 2 From the Surface Style droplist select a style Styles determine the look of your visualization For more information on styles see About Styles on page 100 3 When you are finished click OK The dialog closes and Insight displays the surface in the Visualization window To view or modify this surface see Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Surfaces Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 61 Annotations Select Annotation to view a cascading menu of annotations available for your visualization With this option you can label and illustrate annotate visualizations displayed in the Visualization window You also have the option of using the annotation UHA Analyze View Help wt RS D0EESE000A Histogram Plot Polar Plot Contour Image Surface Annotation Colorbar Legend Line Rectangle Text Figure 4 11 Selecting an Annotation from the Menu or from the toolbar buttons for Line Rectangle and Text which are located on the right hand side of the toolbar Colorbar and Legend do not have buttons Note An annotation must residein a visualization and cannot span two or more visualiza tionsin the Visualization win
133. eference Guide and I mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Wavelet Transform Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Fields Unique to the Wavelet Transform Dialog The following fields are unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Filter Coefficients Panel In the panel specify 4 12 or 20 for the number of filter coefficients to be used in the transform process Selecting a different number of filter coefficients enables the Wavelet Transform algorithm to usea different set of BasisFunctionsin therepresentation of the data Options for Wavelet Inverse Description The Wavelet Inverse Transform algorithm is a method of re transforming an image after it has been Wavelet Transformed Inverse Wavelet Transform al Domain Domain Figure 6 16 Wavelet Inverse Transform Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 147 Typical Uses Use Wavelet Inverse Transform to view images that have been Wavelet Transformed Note that Wavelet Inverse must always be applied to view the Wavelet Transformed image Wavelet Transform and Wavelet Inverse are useful only for images whose dimensions are powers of two e g 64 128 256 512 An advanced knowledge of image processing and the IDL language is recommended when
134. efinition 12 defn InsightVisualizationDefinition 12 defn VisualizationStylesDefinition 12 nstopic SelectDataToImportDialog gettingstartedwithin 0140 Using the Select Data To Im port Dialog 13 endnonscroll 13 defn inst03 13 nstopic SharingDataAmongProjects gettingstartedwithin 0160 Sharing Data Among Projects 15 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 15 endnonscroll 15 defn FilePlugInsDefinition 15 defn VisualizationToolbarDefinition 15 defn InsightPreferencesDefinition 15 nstopic TheInsightInterface Introduction gettingstartedwithin 0125 The Insight Inter face Introduction 16 endnonscroll 16 nstopic ManagingProjectsUsingFileMenu gettingstartedwithin 0170 Managing Projects The File Menu 18 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 18 endnonscroll 18 nstopic NewProjectMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0180 New Project Menu Option 18 endnonscroll 18 defn TemplateProjectdefinition 18 Using Insight 232 nstopic OpenProjectMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0190 Open Project Menu Option 18 endnonscroll 18 nstopic CloseProjectMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0200 Close Project Menu Option 19 endnonscroll 19 nstopic SaveProjectMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0210 Save Project Menu Option 19 endnonscroll 19 nstopic SaveProjectAsMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0220 Save Project As Menu Option 19 endnonscroll 19 nstopic ExportMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0225 Export Menu O
135. elds Unique to the Image Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field In the Independent 2 Text Field enter a data name or click Browse to open the Data Browser of data from which to choose Orientation In the Orientation Text Field select an orientation for measuring the similarity of scan lines By Row or By Column Usually thismeans measuring thesimilarity of the rows H owever if your selected images are defined column wise select the By Column option Using Insight Correlation 114 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Options for Kendall Correlation Description TheKendall Correlation computes Kendall s tau rank correlation between two data sets X and Y Theresultistwo numbers therank uto Conelation Auto Correlogram correlation coefficient tau and the two sided significance of its Auto Covariance MG spi F A Cross Correlation deviation from 0 The significance is a value in the interval 0 0 Cross Corelogam 1 0 a smaller value indicates a more significant correlation Also 1055 Covariance H A Fate Image Correlation see Options for Spearman Correlation on page 118 Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Typical Uses Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix T
136. element visible Select the Visualization M anager option from theEdit menu TheVisualization M anager Window appears listing all dements of all Visualizations Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the H idden option Number of Levels Text Field Enter the number of contour levels desired in the Number of Levels text field Insight draws a contour in each level of the Visualization based on the level characteristics Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 82 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations specified in the Properties table For example if you specify five contour levelsin the Number of Levels text field and only two levels are listed in the Properties Table Insight drawsthecontoursin the following order level 1 level 2 level 1 level 2 level 1 from the outside of the contour in Default Checkbox Click on this box to set the default in the Number of Levels text field Fill Checkbox Select this option to fill the contours with solid colors Downhill Checkbox Select this option to make the contour lines point downhill toward the lower valued data Minimum Maximum Values Enter the minimum maximum values of the contour range to be displayed Properties Table The Properties table lists contour levels along with the color thickness and line style properties of each Use the table to select contour level you d like to modify using other dialog cont
137. elist of available file formats When you import data Insight places the data in the project s data area You can view the name and other attributes of the data in the Data M anager window Import File As Menu Option Select Import File As to import a data file The only difference between this option and Import File is that choosing Import File As will always prompt you with the Importing and Exporting Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 37 Select File Format for Import dialog even when the file extension matches one of the extensions that Insight knows about Import IDL Variables Menu Option Select Import IDL Variables to open the Import IDL Variables dialog which allows you to import oneor more IDL variables from the DL MAIN level into the project Close Menu Option Select this option to close the Data M anager window Reading ASCII Format Files sif sun rast Sun Raster File tiff tif Tagged Image File Format Selecting the D efine and Read ASCII d 2 Windows Dump option in the Select File Format for Import dialog launches an interface _Define and Read ASCII which allows you to define the format of your ASCII file It then reads your data ok Cancel BGE into Insight SeeASCII_TEM PLATE and READ_ASCII in theIDL Reference Guide After the data is successfully read a native file browser will let you save the ASCII file description or te
138. ens 19 Other Visualization Window M nUS es ceccsesseecssesseseeeseseseeteneeseetenenseetenenseenes 22 Setting Insight Preferences caer acne canna cannes tadonannsiieds 22 RS RENAN EE E E E E seen tise aeons 27 Chapter 3 Working With Data eaaa eee eee 29 The Data M anager Window es Gc ctssaendsca een sinerdaanen nea hamusenuaasaiecaas 30 The Data M anager Window M enubar ou eeesseecessstesseeseeesteesneseeteneeseeteneeseeteneas 30 Data Attributes Overview cs oe cscs ccc eae ea as a eat tee oa taht cee 31 Saving in the Data M anager Window ist escs cecvene terisieenanatiian Geonanandeatndnin 33 Importing and Exporting Data s ss sssssessissiesresresresressrssrnsrenrenrenrenrenrrnrnnrnnrnnrenrenrent 34 Reading ASCII Format Files niies a e ae 37 Editing and Creating Data ssssssesressierierrssresresristenernnerresrenitnnnsrnnuesnnonnorrerrnrenrrenena 37 Viewing D he ice caz acer ces nnan inaa eie a aea constant snes naivi 42 Conditioning ID ata na cette antn e E E N EN 44 Chapter 4 Vistiall ZING Data aeaa E A ee be te 49 Week ts Vis lizatioN esna a a ai 50 TheVistalization Window occ ee aat i a ordi tha 50 TheVisyalize Menu imensamente dels 52 LINePlOtS ism einan cre ane ey eee eee eet 53 Scatter IOUS ace unn anean an aan e ien anI 54 Histogram Plots iian a eee e ete ea ne 55 Polar PLUS sac 5 cee gaa ea Sag e a Da A a 56 CGMCOUPS prarain cheetah Sas A IRE ACNE eas coi toe 58 PIVVOES i ne ir A En R A A
139. ent variable 3 From the Polar Plot Style droplist select a style Styles determine the look of your visualization For more information on styles see About Styles on page 100 4 When you arefinished with the dialog click OK The dialog closes and Insight displays the plot in the Visualization window To view or modify this plot see Editing Visualiza tions The Edit M enu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Using Insight Polar Plots 58 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data Rimh l bfai na amar amn kl m FD Te Gi iai ais hs i ES e p e E La a D Contour EG Select one or more from the Z column Optionally select one Xx and one Y TT Wh as ita I TP Smoothed Data iva I FP Smoothed Data 001 TP Sine 360 I TP Damped Sine 360 I TV Damped Sine 180 Contour Style Basic Contour J Cancel Help Figure 4 8 Contour and Contour Dialog Contours Em e Lses Pii Select Contour to open a Contour dialog from which you can select Grete Fim a data item to display as a contour plot in the Visualization window hrir Pki The Contour Dialog Selecting the Contour option from the Visualize menu opens the Contour dialog 1 Select one data items by selecting the Z box to the left of one data item in the data selection list Optionally select one X and one Y box for any data item in thelist 2 From the Contour Style dropl
140. ference between this option and Import File is that choosing Import File As will always prompt you with the Select File Format for Import dialog Import IDL Variable Menu Option Select Import IDL Variables to open the Import IDL Variables dialog which allows you to import oneor more IDL variables into the project Any variables that have been created in the current DL session will belisted in the dialog Select the variables you wish to import and click OK You can also use DL commands to place IDL variables into Insight See IN SPUT on page 194 for details Print Menu Option Select Print to open an operating system native Printer Setup dialog which allows you to print the contents of the Visualization window Settings in this dialog depend on the printer driver installed on your system Note See PreferencesD ialog General on page 22 for information on printingpreferences Page Setup Menu Option Select Page Setup to open an operating system native Page Setup dialog which allows you to specify how the page should appear when printed Settings in this dialog depend on the printer driver installed on your system M ac only Data Manager Menu Option Select Data M anger to open the Data M anager window The Data M anager window displays the names and attributes of available data in the project For a description of the Data M anger see Working With Data on page 29 Using
141. find out how to use these i options see Getting Help on page 27 tar Conditioning Data Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing D ata The following topics are covered in this chapter What Is VisualiZation ccccccceeeeceeeeeeee 50 The Visualization WINdOW cceeeeeees 50 The Visualize M nU cecccsseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 52 LING PIOUS fi in ince R 53 Scatter PlOUS cccccccseeseesssseeesseeeseseeeeees 54 Histogram PIOtS e 55 Polar PIOUS cccccccseecesseeeeeeseeeeeeseesneeeens 56 COMLOUIS danrin de a a aan 58 MAGES nnana a aaa 59 SUIMACES kinaen aaan 60 The View MENU n essssseesrrrreeerrrrrrerrrrrrns 63 Selecting Visualizations ceeeee 66 49 50 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data This chapter describes visualization It introduces the Insight Visualization window and its menubar and toolbar You will learn how to usethe Visualize menu to display data and the View menu to customize your view of data in the window What Is Visualization Weusethe term visualization as a catch all to refer to a data set that has been displayed on your computer in some format Visualizations include plots contours surfaces images and all of theancillary elements that go along with then axes annotations etc When you display data in Insight you see it appear in the Visualization window Using the window s Visualize menu options you can display several types of visualizations line plots scatter plots h
142. finition 32 defn ArrayDataDefinition 32 defn ImageDefinition 32 nstopic SavingintheDataManagerWindow workingwithdata 0150 Saving in the Data Manager Win dow 33 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 33 endnonscroll 33 nstopic DMFileMenu workingwithdata 0160 Importing and Exporting Data The Data Manager File Menu 34 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 34 endnonscroll 34 defn WRITE_JPEG idl hlp gt SecWin 35 midtopic importfiles 36 midtopic importfileas 36 defn inst18 37 nstopic DefineReadASCIIDialog workingwithdata 0220 Reading ASCII Format Files 37 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 37 endnonscroll 37 defn ASCII_TEMPLATE idl hlp gt SecWin 37 defn READ_ASCII idl hlp gt SecWin 37 nstopic EditingandCreatingData workingwithdata 0300 Editing and Creating Data The Data Manager Edit Menu 37 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithdata 37 endnonscroll 37 midtopic scalardialog 38 defn inst19 38 defn inst20 39 midtopic TheScalarDataAttributesDialog 40 defn inst200 40 midtopic TheArrayDataAttributesDialog 40 defn inst21 40 midtopic TheImageDataAttributesDialog 41 defn inst210 41 crossref color_tables idl hlp gt SecWin 41 Using Insight 234 defn InsightStatisticsDefinition 41 defn inst30 41 midtopic scalararraydialog 42 defn inst22 42 nstopic ViewingData workingwithdata 0500 Viewing Data The Data Manager View Menu Menu 42 topicma
143. flatness of the graph of a frequency distribution especially with respect to the concentration of values near the mean as com pared with the normal distribution M ax X Calculates maximum value M ean X Calculates mean value average The Formulator Table 6 5 Formulator Statistics Menu Functions Emam fi Maa fil Maan f A ean kar r 0 Media pd Mw f Sheera H akbar be T oisi i Weee e m Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data M eanAbs Calculates mean absolute deviation which is the Dev X sum of the absolute distance of each sample ele ment from the population or set of values mean M edian X Calculates the median middle value Min X Calculates minimum Skewness X Calculates skewness or lack of symmetry StdD ev X Calculates standard deviation which is the root mean square of the deviations distances from the population mean Total X Calculates total of all values in X Variance X Calculates variance which is the square of the stan dard deviation Table 6 5 Formulator Statistics Menu Functions Transcendental Menu The Transcendental menu provides access to transcendental functions SIN COS exponents etc Sin X Sine of X Cos X Cosine of X Tan X Tangent of X Asin X Arc Sine returns the angle in radians whose sine is X Acos X Arc Cosine returns the angle in radians who
144. g you to modify properties of the line plot This section describes the dialog controls and how to use them Name Text Field A plot element is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever a plot element needs to be referenced textually for example in lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Minimum Value Slider and Text Field Usethe M inimum Value slider or text field to limit the value of the data you plot Data values less than this value are not plotted The default value is the minimum value of the data Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 76 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations El Properties Name BW Data Pluto Plot Line Minimum Value 0 000000 Maximum Value 99 0000 LJ Hd 1 4 Points to Average Black Ae T Hidden Line Type Soia rr Thickness Symbol None 4 Symbol Size Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 6 Properties Dialog for a Line Plot Maximum Value Slider and Text Field Use the M aximum Value slider or text field to limit the value of the data you plot Data values larger than this value are not plotted The default value is the maximum value of the data Points To Average Slider Use the Points to Average slider to designate the number of points that Insight should average when plotting Adjust the slider
145. g your Apply function Analysis Plugins Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight 215 GROUP Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the widget ID of the widget baseover which Insight will center any dialogs associated with thisroutine Besureto pass this variable to the WIDGET_BASE function viathe GROUP_LEADER keyword DATA_NAME Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the name of the data selected in the Visualization window The variable specified by DATA_NAME will contain an empty string if no data element is selected OK Apply and Cancel Buttons Insight provides a special compound widget to create the OK Apply Cancel buttons for Analysis Plugins Use the cw_1nsappty function to create the buttons on your Analysis Plugin s main base result CW_INSAPPLY base _EXTRA extra where base is the widget ID of you modal top level widget base and extra the named variable specified via the EXTRA keyword to the M ain procedure Registration Function The Registration function is invoked when a Plugin is registered Plugin registration occurs when Insight is started or when you change the Plugins directory in the Preferences dialog The registration process makes Insight aware of the Plugin and its associated callback routines and adds menu items representing the Plugin to the Plugins option of the Analyze menu of the Visualization window The Registration function must be
146. ger from the File M enu The Data M anager window opens displaying the data items in the project In the row headers look for Curve Fit Cubic Select that row by clicking on it then choose Attributes from the Edit menu Among other attributes notice that the Description field has automatically been filled in with information about the curve fit When finished hit Cancel to dismiss the dialog without making changes or OK to keep changes Select Save Project from the Visualization window s File menu to saveall changes to the project file Select Exit from the Visualization window s File menu to exit Insight Using Insight 180 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Tutorial 7 Working in the Data Manager Window This tutorial walks you through steps for creating and working with data in the Data M anager window Unless specified otherwise all menu options will be selected from menus in the Data M anager window What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e View datain the Data M anager window Create data in the Data M anager window Condition data e View and modify attributes View partial attributes View statistics Exercise 1 Open the Tutorial Project 1 If you have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj 2 Start Insight See Start Insight and Open a Project on page 165 if y
147. ght s example projects are installed along with IDL The example projects contain data visualizations and styles for you to inspect and use The data independent properties of a selected visualization saved together as a named style You can create and apply styles to visualizations Each data file has a certain format If Insight does not recognize the format of data you re trying to import or export a Select File Format dialog appears with alist of formats from which to choose Using Insight 227 Insight allows you to set preferences for customizing general application features and menu display and specifying Plugins and Preferences directories An advanced data calculator which gives you the power to create formulas expressions and data items at the click of the mouse button While you use Insight you can keep the formulator open and at your fingertips Data conditioning involves simple operations which modify data You can use the Data M anager Window s Condition menu options to reformat resize reverse sample sort and transpose data N ote that new data items or visualizations are not created when you condition a data item A singlenumber variable Data with up to eight dimensions Unsigned integers from 0 to 255 Integers from 32768 to 32768 Integers from 231 to 231 1 Single precision floating point with six significant places M agnitudes range from 10 38 to 1038 on machines with IEEE arithmetic or 10 3
148. gle pointer or a structure containing pointers to Insight data items Getting pointers allows you to modify data as it exists within Insight Calling Sequence Result IN SGET N ame Arguments Name A string or array of strings that contains the name s of the data item s to get from Insight If Nameis not specified a D ata Browser opens allowing you to select data items interactively Keywords COUNT Set this keyword equal to anamed variablethat will contain thenumber of items retrieved from Insight If the routine fails the number of items will be zero DIMS_LIST Set this keyword to ascalar or array of integers representing thedimensionality of thedata to be retrieved The value of DIMS LIST limits which data items are retrieved or shown as being available for retrieval in the Data Browser dialog EXCLUSIVE Set this keyword to limit retrieval to a single data item when a Data Browser is displayed If EXCLU SIVE isnot set you can select multipledata items from the Data Browser dialog _EXTRA Use this keyword when writing File or Analysis Plugins Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will be used by Insight to pass information between a File or Analysis Plugin and Insight itself When Insight invokes a File Plugin s write procedure callback or an Analysis Plugln s apply function callback it passes a structure of information in through the callback s EXTRA keyword Pass that structure bac
149. he minimum and the second number is the maximum Format GO Source Insight Create Description Modification Time The date and time that you created the data Let s add a description Click in the Description text field and enter This data was created in a Data M anager tutorial Click OK to close the Attributes dialog and add the new description to MyArrayl s Description column Exercise 6 View Partial Attributes and Statistics 1 Now let s limit the amount of attribute information we re viewing Select Partial At tributes from the View menu A dialog opensin which wecan specify attributes we wish to view Deselect the checkboxes to the left of all of the fields except Name and Type and click OK Insight displays the names and types of all data items and hides the other attribute columns from view In the Data M anager window select All Attributes from the View menu to once again view all datanames and attributes Now we re going to select another data item and view its statistical information Scroll if necessary down to a Float type data item named Domed Surface Click the item to select it Select Statistics from the Edit menu A Statistics dialog displays information about the two dimensional data named Domed Surface Information should be similar to the following Minimum 0 486752 the minimum value Maximum 1 00000 the maximum value
150. he Kendall Correlation is useful for comparing the correlation Multiple Correlation between pairs of ranked data nonparametric correlation It is prana Coreaion similar to the Spearman Correlation but it isimportant to notethat the Kendall and Spearman correlations will give different results The user should have a good knowledge of statistical methods when using either correlation Algorithm Droplist From the Algorithm droplist select Kendall Correlation Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation seeR_CORRELATE in theIDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of UsingIDL Fields Unique to the Kendall Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field In the Independent 2 Text Field enter a data name or click Browse to open the Data Browser of data from which to choose Options for Linear Correlation Correlation Description Linear Correlation computes the degree of fit to a linear model a line where y ax b between two n element data series X and Y ree areca Linear Correlation is the same as Cross Correlation with Lag set to O Auto Covariance Cross Correlogram Typical Uses Cross Covariance Image Correlation Linear Correlation is a standard statistical analysis used to determine
151. he data Order This option contains the display order for image data Color Table This option contains the name of the color table for image data Format This allows the user to enter a format string minus parentheses which is then used as the default format for displaying data values textually Saving in the Data Manager Window Data isjust another part of the Insight project select Save Project or Save Project As from the Visualization window s File menu to save newly created or imported data items Hint Asashortcut you can usethe Save button from thelnsight Toolbar which is described on page 51 Using Insight Saving in the Data Manager Window 34 Chapter 3 Working With Data Importing and Exporting Data Insight groups the Data M anager window s data input and a output optionsin the Data M anager Filemenu Using thismenu ined Fie you can import and export data files import IDL variables and ee close the Data M anager window or er Note You also can import files and IDL variables using import menu optionsin the File menu in the Visualization window Export File Menu Option After choosing a file from the Data M anager select Export File to export the file as one of the formats listed JPEG TIFF GIF etc A file Export dialog will open Note Theavailability of the following options depends on the file type chosen File ins_export Browse x 640 Pixels z the Image Dimens
152. he extension dat e Data stored in ASCII format files e IDL variables created within the current IDL session gt Select Data to Import Click on File or IDL Yariables to import data Data In Data Manager Figure 2 2 Select Data to Import Dialog File To import afilewith a known format click File This opens an operating system native file selection dialog Select your file and click OK If Insight does not recognize the file extension of your file it will present you with a list of supported file formats in the Select File Format for Import dialog see Import File M enu Option on page 36 If your fileis one of the supported types select the filetype and click OK If your fileis oneof the supported types select the filetypeand click OK If itisan ASCII file format that isn t supported yet select Define and Read ASCII Otherwise you will need to either convert it to a supported type or createan Insight File Plugin to read the file For more information see Import File M enu Option on page 21 Import File As Menu Option on page 21 or File Plugins on page 206 IDL Variables To import an IDL Variable click IDL Variable This opens the Import IDL Variables dialog Any variables that have been created in the current IDL session will belisted in the dialog Select the variables you wish to import and click OK You can also
153. he selected model to the data You should also pay attention to the Relative M aximum Deviation A Chi Square Error very close to zero and a Relative M aximum Deviation close to one could indicate that there may be one or more bad samples data collection artifact You may wish to experiment with different curve fitting methods until you find the one that minimizes both numbers The Fit Curves Dialog When you select the Fit Curves option from the Analyze menu E the Fit Curves dialog opens The Fit Curves dialog allows you to rear select a model to fit specify data to fit to the model and generate a output data Select a curve fitting model by selecting a type of fit ie from the M odel droplist The Fit Curves dialog is shown in tsar Figure 6 6 lente ca Fields in the Fit Curves Dialog ee The following fields are included in the Fit Curves dialog ict gee N Model Droplist TheM odel droplist allows you to select the type of equation to attempt to fit your data to Model Display The M odd Display area displays the name formula and an example of the type of curve selected in the Model droplist Previous Button Click this button to display the model name listed previous to the model name displayed in the Model droplist Using Insight Curve Fitting 122 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data gy Fit Curves xi INPUTS MORE INPUTS Model inea Linear Weighting inifom z Previous A Bx we
154. heUndo lt Action gt button of the Visualization window until the next action that affects that window is performed Options for Auto Correlation Description Auto Correlation isa method of quantifying the degree of fit of Auto Conelation an n element data series vector to a linear model i e a line pacar where y a bx The resulting value of the analysis is a scalar Auto Covariance eer i i r amp s Cross Correlati quantity in theinterval 1 0 1 0 Correlation issaid to existasthe tross Conelootem value nears 1 0 A negative correlation is said to exist as the value Sie yale nears 1 0 No correlation is said to exist as the value nears 0 0 an mear Lorelation i 5 Linear Correlation Matri Auto Correlation is computed as a function of Lag which can be reed iad thought of as the time offset of the data series Lag isan integer prea astra value and must bein the range of n n wheren isthenumber of Pata Conelation elements in the data series A lag of 0 will produce a standard auto praman Covegten correlation Typical Uses Auto Correlation is often used with Lag to determine the stationarity of a time series A time series is defined here as a sequential collection of data observations indexed over time A stationary series exhibits statistical properties e g correlation that are unchanged as the period of observation ismoved forward or backward in time This type of analysis is useful in predicting trends and
155. hen you report a bug e Your IDL installation number e Theversion of IDL you are running e Thetype of machineit is running on e Theoperating system version it is running under e Thetypeand version of your windowing system e Thegraphics device if the problem involves graphics Theinstallation number is assigned by us when you purchaseIDL TheIDL version site number and type of machine are printed when IDL is started For example IDL Version 5 1 sunos sparc Copyright 1989 1998 Research Systems Inc All rights reserved Unauthorized reproduction prohibited Installation number 177 Licensed for use by ACME Datawhack Corp isthe startup announcement from IDL version 4 0 1c under SunOS on a Sun SPARC workstation at installation number 177 Under Unix the version of the operating system can usually be found in the file etc motd Itis also printed when the machine boots In any event your system administrator should know Under VMS the DCL statement write sysSoutput f getsyi version will give you the operating system version Using Insight Reporting Problems 8 Chapter 1 Overview Under Windows 95 and Windows NT version 4 select About from the Help menu in the Windows Explorer Under Windows 3 11 and Windows NT version 3 5 select About from the Help menu in the File M anager On the Macintosh select About this Macintosh from the apple menu Double Check Before reporting a
156. hould start Insight at the IDL command prompt insight indexed_color Note This starts Insight in indexed color mode By default Insight runs in true color or 24 bit color mode Using indexed color modeis only necessary if your display device video card uses 8 bit color rather than 24 bit color If displaying an X display server that does not support pseudo color indexed color modein Insight will not work 2 Thetutorial ipj fileshould be selected in the Getting Started dialog see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ipj Click OK to open the tutorial project Now we re ready to begin visualizing data Exercise 2 Visualize an Image 1 First set up the Visualization window so that it displays two visualizations side by side Select Clear from the View menu then select 1 By 2 from the View menu Increase the width of the Visualization window by dragging one of the sides until the draw area is twice as wide asit is tall 2 Let s visualize an image Select I mage from the Visualize menu In the dialog select the Pool Pebble data and click OK Insight displays the data in the left tile of the Visualization window 3 Now select anew color table for the image Double click on the image to open the Properties dialog Select Eos B from the Color Table list Click OK Insight applies the new color table to the image Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight
157. ht projects If you have not used Insight before three example projects will be listed in the dialog these are project files provided by Research Systems as examples of what Insight can do Select example2 ip 3 from thelist and click OK If example2 ipj isnot listed select Other Projects to open a file selection dialog Browse to the project subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution and select example2 ip3j and click OK The project s Visualization window appears on the screen Exercise 2 Modify the Project Explore the Insight project for a while before continuing with this exercise Note Do not save the following changes to the example project After finishing modifica tions we will save the project as another name 1 First let s remove the existing visualizations Select Clear from the Visualization win dow s View menu 2 Theexample2 ip3 project file has a tiling scheme for two visualizations Let s change that to one To do this select 1 By 1 Rows By Columns from the View menu 3 Create a new visualization by selecting Surface from the Visualize menu Click oncein the Z checkbox shown next to the Sombrero data and click OK Insight creates a surface plot using the default surface style 4 Doubleclick on the surface to bring up the properties dialog Pick a color you like from the Top Color droplist Click OK
158. i M invan 2 From the Type droplist select a type i of array Byte Integer Long Integer Float Double Float Complex Double Complex and String 3 Enter valuesin the Dimensions text gall a et fieldsthat correspond to thesizeof each as Ss J array dimension 4 Select Scalar Value or Indexed initialization type If you select Indexed the array will be set to zero for the first element and incremental values for the rest of the array If you select Scalar Value each element of the array will be initialized with the value you enter in the Initial Value text field 5 If you selected Scalar Value type enter a number or value in the Initial Value text field 6 Enter a description in the Description text field if you wish 7 When you are finished click OK Insight stores the array in the project To view the data see the Data M anager window Attributes Menu Option Select this option to open the Data Attributes dialog which allows you to view and edit attributes of data selected in the Data M anager window Using Insight Editing and Creating Data 40 Chapter 3 Working With Data The Scalar Data Attributes dialog Attributes listed in the Scalar Attributes Data Attributes dialog include name classification type dimensions elements size value minimum maximum source Classification Scalar Type String description
159. ialog For Auto Correlation 106 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 106 endnonscroll 106 defn inst61 107 crossref a_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 107 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 107 nstopic DialogForAutoCorrelogram analyzingdata 0170 Dialog For Auto Correlogram 107 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 107 endnonscroll 107 defn inst72 107 crossref a_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 107 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 107 nstopic DialogForAutoCovariance analyzingdata 0180 Dialog For Auto Covariance 108 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 108 endnonscroll 108 defn inst69 108 crossref a_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 108 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 108 nstopic DialogForCrossCorrelation analyzingdata 0190 Dialog For Cross Correlation 108 topicmacro CIB chapter PI endnonscroll 108 defn inst62 108 crossref c_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 109 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 109 nav_analyzingdata 108 nstopic DialogForCrossCorrelogram analyzingdata 0200 Dialog For Cross Correlogram 109 Using Insight 238 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 109 endnonscroll 109 defn inst731 109 defn inst73 109 crossref c_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 110 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 110 nstopic DialogForCrossCovariance analyzingdata 0210 Dialog For Cross Covariance 110 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 110 endno
160. ialog options depend on dimensionality of the selected data The array can have one to three dimensions For one and two dimensional arrays Insight uses one of three methods nearest neighbor sampling linear interpolation or convolution interpolation For three dimensional arrays Insight uses linear interpolation For more details see CON GRID in the IDL Reference Guide A BESE Name Formulator Output Dimensions Method Nearest Neighbor Sampling Linear Interpolation Convolution Interpolation OK Cancel Help Figure 3 8 Resize Dialog for 2D Arrays Using The Resize Dialog 1 2 Select data in the Data M anager window Select the Resize option from the Condition menu The Resize dialog opens Thedialog displays the name of the data and the size of each dimension Edit the Dimensions text fields with the desired sizes For one and two dimensional data From the M ethod panel select Nearest Neighbor Sampling Linear Interpolation or Convolution Interpolation Insight uses Linear Interpolation for three dimensional data Nearest Neighbor Sampling computes an intermediate data value called an interpolate by averaging the points immediately surrounding the location of the interpolate in all possible directions Linear Interpolation computes an intermediate data value using the points immediately surrounding the location of the interpolate in only one
161. ian y A Bx Cx De 22 where z x E F Variable Sinc y Atsin Bx Cx Table 6 1 Insight Curve Fitting Equations Linear y A Bx Description iver A Linear curve fit is of the type y A Bx The data set must are bean n eement series of numbers vector Thecalculation of Fa the parameters A and B is performed by minimizing the Chi A square error statistic al Typical Uses Paj Linear curve fitting is particularly useful in determining a simple equation to describe a data series which shows no higher order components i e curvatures For more information see LIN FIT in the IDL Reference Guide Curve Fitting Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 127 Linear with Outliers y A Bx Description A Linear with Outliers curve fit is the same as a linear curve fit a Bs except it reduces the effects of outlying data points i e data that Fa lies outside the normal data range The parameters A and B are SA ra calculated Fi Typical Uses Linear with Outliers curve fitting is an excellent method of removingartifact and other errant data pointsfrom an otherwise normal data set The resulting equation will not include the outlying data points in the calculation of the parameters For moreinformation see LADFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Quadratic y A Bx Cx Description Quadratic A Quadratic curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series von ee vector to the quadratic equation using a gradient expa
162. iated callback routines and adds menu items representing the Plugin to the Plugins option of the Conditioning menu The Registration function must be the last routine in the Plugin file The name of the Registration function must match the name of the Plugin file not including the extension For example if your fileisnamed mynegate pro the Registration function must benamed mynegate Using Insight Conditioning Plugins 212 Chapter 9 Extending Insight Thename of the Registration Function must be unique Do not create different Pluglns with the same name or use the name of an existing IDL routine The Registration function should return a structure with the following fields type the string Conditioning_PlugIn title a string specifying the title of the PlugIn to be used in Insight menus purpose a string containing a brief sentence which specifies the purpose of the PlugIn main_func a string specifying the name of the main function callback version a string specifying the version of IDL for which the PlugIn is written revision the string 1 0 Example Registration Function The following is the registration function from the M yNegate Plugin included in plugins subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution FUNCTION MyNegate RETURN type Conditioning PlugIn title My Negate purpose Reverse the sign of data
163. idden option Font Droplist Select a font to use for the axis tick marks from the droplist Font Size Slider Select a size for the axis tick marks using the Font Size slider Tick Text Color Droplist Select a color for the Tick Text with this menu Tick Text Location Place the Tick Text by selecting Right or Left x axis or Top or Bottom y axis Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 90 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Properties Dialogs for Annotations To edit an annotation either double click on it or use the Edit lt graphic gt Properties menu The dialog will have different properties depending on the type of annotation selected Colorbar Legend Line Rectangle or Text This section describes dialog controls for each Insight annotation type Meelis Analyze View Help core PROBA eo Histogram Plot Polar Plot Contour Image IIA Surface Annotation Colorbar Figure 14f reatimm Annotatidronmthe Visualitefiu or from the Visualization toolbar Note Only Line and Text are available from the toolbar Colorbar Annotation Colorbars will automatically be generated with grayscale or color images when an image Visualization is created The color bar will correspond to the palette of the image When you select Colorbar from the Annotation cascading menu and click on the colorbar the following properties dialog appears Title Text Field Enter the colorbar titlein
164. igned by you or by Insight Names mut start with a letter but can include letters numbers underscore characters or single spaces Note If you do not chooseto name your data Insight uniquely names new data based on data type and sequence Using Insight Data Attributes Overview 32 Chapter 3 Working With Data Classification This attribute displays the classification of the data Insight classifies data as a type of variable Scalar Vector aone dimensional array Arrays 2D through 8D or mage Type This attribute contains the type of data Each data item has one of the following data types Byte Unsigned integers from 0 to 255 Integer Integers from 32768 to 32767 Long Integers from 23 to 23 1 Float 32 bit single precision floating point number in the range of 1038 EEE Double Float 64 bit double precision floating point number in the range of 10308 EEE Complex A real imaginary pair of floating point numbers Double Complex A real imaginary pair of double precision num bers String A sequence of 0 to 32 767 characters Table 3 1 Insight Data Types Dimensions This attribute contains the number of elements in each dimension of the data The column contains one number for a vector and two to eight numbers for an array For example the Dimensions column contains 60 60 for atwo dimensional array with 60 elements by 60 elements Elements This attribute co
165. igure 6 1 The Correlate Dialog with the Cross Correlation algorithm selected Algorithm Droplist Choosethe type of correlation analysis you wish to perform from the Algorithm droplist Independent Text Field and Browse Button In the Independent text field enter a dataname or click Browse to open a Browser If you haveselected a visualization element in the Visualization window the name of the data corresponding to that selection automatically appears in this text field In the Data Browser you can select one item and click OK Theselected data name appears in the text field Summary Checkbox Select the Summary checkbox to display a summary of the results of the operation Summary dialogs are not available when you choose one of the correlogram options from the Algorithm droplist Visualization Droplist iaoi pear Dirau Correia Hia Hip Coisir Fp y Ciani F lamera IF cont weet i ee een TO Bien eer a F tees nal If you have selected a correlogram from the algorithm droplist you can choose to create a visualization of your correlation results From the Visualization droplist select one of three ways to visualize the correlation data in the Visualization window Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 107 e none Your resulting data will not be visualized in the Visualization window but if you click OK the data will be stored in the project s Data M anager
166. ile should be selected in the Getting Started dialog see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ipj Click OK to open the tutorial project Notice that the visualization window opens in the same place you left it when you saved the tutorial file Exercise 2 Create Another Visualization 1 Let sstart with an empty visualization window Select Clear from theView menu to clear the existing display Create a line plot in the Visualization window Select Line Plot from the Visualization menu The Line Plot dialog opens displaying a list of data items Insight displays only those data items that are appropriate for Line plots Click oncein the Y checkbox next to Damped Sine 180 and click OK Theline plot is drawn in the visualization window using the default plot style Exercise 3 Modify Properties 1 Now modify someof the properties of the Lineplot Double click on theplotlineto bring up its dialog A Properties dialog opens displaying all of the plot line s visual characteris tics From the Color droplist select Green From the LineType droplist select Dashed From the Symbol droplist select Diamond Adjust the symbol size slider to 2 Each click increases or decreases the thickness by an increment of one thethicknessis displayed Using Insight 168 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials above the slider Click Apply Notice that the
167. in the Name text field and edit the name Tick Format Allows you to specify a format string minus the parentheses to determinetheformat of the tick text Blank is the default For more information see Format Codes in UsingIDL X and Y Location Sliders Use the X Location and Y Location sliders to designate the X and Y location of the colorbar Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired location Moving the slider to the left and right moves the colorbar up or down in the Visualization window X Slider left left right right Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 92 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Y Slider left down right up Width and Height Sliders Use the Width and Height sliders to designate the width and height of the colorbar Note fthewidth is greater than theheight thecolorbar ishorizontal if theheight is greater than the width the colorbar is vertical Tick Direction Options Select the desired direction for the tick marks Up or Down Minor Ticks Slider Use this slider to designate the number of minor tick marks between major tick marks Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length Major Ticks Slider Use this slider to designate the number of major tick marks along the colorbar axis Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length Majo
168. in the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the computer program described herein All other brand or product names are trademarks of their respective holders Numerical Recipes is a trademark of Numerical Recipes Software Numerical Recipes routines are used by permission GRG2 isatrademark of Windward Technologies Inc The GRG2 software for nonlinear optimization is used by permission Portions of this software are copyrighted by INTERSOLY Inc 1991 1998 8 DL documentation is printed on recycled paper Our paper has a minimum 2 20 post consumer waste content and meets all EPA guidelines Contents Chapter 1 OVENI eariad ba hac date ted hee Sh ura do 1 ADOUCINSIONE rrea neaei eii E NAOR G O 1 About IDE anniina ea a aa a a ne eats 3 DL DOCUMENTS ON neinni aoii ai 3 Man alOrganization rinira aiian a aaa 5 Typographical Conventions sss sssssssississsisssttssteninsninnntnninnnitnninnnnnnninnnnnnnnnnnninannnannna ane 6 Reporting Problems ss sssssssssssrssrssssssresresnesnnsrerenrenrnsnrennnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnrnnntnntennnnnennnnnnnna nna 7 Chapter 2 Getting Started nanana aaan aaa 11 Starting The Insight Application s ssssessessrssresresressrssrssresresrenrenrernnnrnsrnnrnnnnnrenrenrene 12 Thelnsight Interface s ssesssssrssresrssrssissresresresrtresresntnnrnnrnnnennnnnnrnnrnnnnnnnnnrennennn reat 16 M anaging Projects The File M QU n ssssssessessrssresresressissrssresrnsrenrenrerenrnnrnnrnsrenrenrenr
169. inear Correlation Matrix 229 Correlate Dialog for Auto Correlogram 229 Correlate Dialog for Cross Correlogram 229 Cross Correlogram 229 Fit Curve Dialog for a Linear Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Linear with Outliers Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Quadratic Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Cubic Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Quartic Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Quintic Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for an Exponential Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Logsquare Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Gompertz Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Hyperbolic Model 230 Using Insight bmc inst83 bmp 230 topic inst84 bitmaps bmc inst84 bmp 230 topic inst85 bitmaps bmc inst85 bmp 230 topic inst86 bitmaps bmc inst86 bmp 230 topic inst87 bitmaps bmc inst87 bmp 230 topic inst88 bitmaps bmc inst88 bmp 23 topic inst89 bitmaps bmc inst89 bmp 23 topic inst90 bitmaps bmc inst90 bmp 23 topic inst9l1 bitmaps bmc inst9l bmp 23 topic inst92 bitmaps bmc inst92 bmp 23 topic inst93 bitmaps bmc inst93 bmp 23 topic inst94 bitmaps bmc inst94 bmp 23 topic inst95 bitmaps bmc inst95 bmp 23 topic inst96 bitmaps bmc inst96 bmp 23 topic inst97 bitmaps bmc inst97 bmp 23 topic inst98 bitmaps bmc inst98 bmp 23 topic inst99 bitmaps bmc inst99 bmp 23 topic inst100 bitmaps bmc inst100 bmp 231 bmc inst101 bmp 231 bmc inst102 bmp 232 bmc inst103 bmp 232 bmc inst104 bmp 232 bmc inst105 bmp 232 b
170. information you may visualize the curve fitting in the Visualization window and view results in a Fit Curve Summary dialog Curve Fitting Basics Curve fitting using Insight is a simple way of determining an equation for your data set A data set is a series of data points which can be plotted on the x and y axes Perhaps the Data Pania Lurwe HE Figure 6 3 Curve Fitting Data Poi most familiar types of curve fitting equations are polynomials of the form y A Bx Cx Zx The simplest form of the polynomial equation is y A which is Using Insight Curve Fitting 120 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data the plot of a constant value of y The linear form of the polynomial equation is y A Bx where the parameter B is the slope of the line and A is its y intercept Figure 6 4 Simple Polynomials By adding an x squared term we now have the quadratic form of the polynomial equation y A Bx Cx2 The quadratic equation has a curvature and is called 2nd order due to the x squared term In general a polynomial equation that describes a curve must have at least one x term raised to a power of 2 or more Other curve fitting polynomial equations include cubic quartic and quintic x3 x and x respectively In addition to polynomials Insight has other curve fitting equations that describe curves of different types and which may be more applicable to your data than the simple polynomials These equations include among others hyperbolic ex
171. ing OK also generates or replaces a data item or its value which is stored in the Data M anager Help Clicking Help opens nsight s Online H elp system to get information on thedialog and its components Apply TheApply button appears on some dialogs Clicking Apply carries out an action ona trial basis This option is helpful when you want to try out various options before making then permanent You can click Apply as many times as you wish When you re ready to make permanent data or visualization changes click OK Cancel Clicking Cancel cancels any modifications you ve entered or applied and closes the dialog More gt gt Clicking M ore gt gt expands the dialog providing additional dialog options lt lt Less Clicking lt lt Less closes the expanded section of the dialog that appeared when you clicked M ore gt gt Entering File Paths Selecting or saving files sometimes requires entering file pathsin a dialog s text field Each platform requires paths to be entered in a different way For more detail on how to enter paths on your operating system see your system user s manual Data Browsers A number of Insight dialogs include Browse buttons Clicking Browse opens an Insight data browser which allows you to select one or sometimes several Insight data itensfor usein thecurrent operation When you click thebrowser s OK button
172. ing Started The following topics are covered in this chapter Starting The Insight Application 12 The Insight Interface s 16 Managing Projects The File Menu 19 Other Visualization Window Menus 22 Setting Insight Preferences 22 Getting Help cece cesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 27 11 This chapter tells you how to start Insight guiding you through the dialogs for opening projects and importing data You will also learn how to share data among projects set preferences and use the File and Help menus Starting The Insight Application If you plan to use Insight frequently from IDL you may wish to havethe needed routines loaded during IDL startup see LIVE LOAD Start Insight by double clicking on the Insight icon Windows and M acintosh systems or by entering insight atthe Unix shell or VM S DCL prompt You also can start Insight by entering insight at the DL command prompt all systems Note In Windows starting Insight without first starting IDL runsInsight in runtimemode This means that even though IDL is running IDL must be running for Insight to run you will not have access to the IDL Development Environment or the IDL command prompt It also means that Plugins stored in IDL pro files will not be loaded Plugins that are stored in IDL sav files will be loaded See General Guidelines for Writing Plugins on page 205 for more on Plugins For additional information on how to specify c
173. inst1011 bitmaps 1011 bmc inst1011 bmp 233 topic inst1012 bitmaps 1012 bmc inst1012 bmp 233 topic inst1013 bitmaps 1013 bmc inst1013 bmp 233 topic inst1014 bitmaps 1014 bmc inst1014 bmp 233 topic inst1015 bitmaps 1015 bmc inst1015 bmp 233 topic inst1016 bitmaps 1016 bmc inst1016 bmp 233 topic inst1201 bitmaps 1201 bmc inst1201 bmp 233 topic inst1202 bitmaps 1202 bmc inst1202 bmp 234 topic inst1203 bitmaps 1203 bmc inst1203 bmp 234 topic inst1204 bitmaps 1204 bmc inst1204 bmp 234 topic InsightAnalysisDe topic fourier glossary 0130 topic 235 topic InsightDefinition glossary 0140 topic topic VisualizationWindowDefinition glossary 0160 Correlate Dialog for Image Correlation 232 Correlate Dialog for Linear Covariance 232 Fit Curve Dialog for Hyperbolic Trig 232 233 233 234 234 InsightAnalysisDefinition 235 235 Insight Definition 235 InsightVisualizationDefinition glossary 0150 Insight Visualization Definition 235 Visualization Window Definition 235 Using Insight topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic topic 249 InsightProjectDefinition glossary 0170 Insight Project Definition 236 VisualizationToolbarDefinition glossar
174. ion the M ain functions are named PromptUserplugin if the Plugin uses a graphical user interface or Doplugin if it does not where plugin is the name of the Conditioning Plugin the M ain function belongs to Conditioning Plugins Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight 211 Return Value The Main function must return either one success or zero failure Arguments to the Main Function The Main function should accept one argument a named variable that will contain the data to be conditioned Keywords to the Main Function _EXTRA Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a structure of information provided by Insight GROUP Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the widget ID of the widget baseover which Insight will center any dialogs associated with thisroutine Besureto pass this variable to the WIDGET_BASE function viathe GROUP_LEADER keyword Example Main Function A Conditioning Plugin M ain function definition should look something like this FUNCTION PromptUserplugin data GROUP group EXTRA extra IDL statements to create dialog Call to XMANAGER to register the widgets RETURN returnvalue END Registration Function The Registration function is invoked when a Plugin is registered Plugin registration occurs when Insight is started or when you change the Plugins directory in the Preferences dialog The registration process makes Insight aware of the Plugin and its assoc
175. ions 80 Resolution 2 0000 DFI Type Lipeg ipa Joint Photographic Experts Group gt Order Top to bottom Progressive Scans No Quality 75 OK Cancel Help Figure 3 3 File Export Dialog File Enter the filename or use the Browse button to select the file name for export Note Besureto include the proper extension on the filename The extensions tif jpg gif etc are not automatically included in the filename Image Dimensions Enter theX and Y dimensions of the export image Usethe droplist to select either pixels inches or centimeters Resolution Enter the resolution of the image Importing and Exporting Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 35 Note This option is not available if the image dimensions are in pixels Type Droplist Select the export file type from this droplist File types supported include BMP Windows Bitmap DAT Structured Binary GIF Graphics Interchange Format bmp Microsoft Windows Bitmap H DF Hierarchical Data Format dat Structured Binary gif Graphics Interchange Format hdf Hierarchical Data Format J PEG 1 J PG J oint P hotographic Experts ipeg ipg Joint Photographic Experts Group G roup pict Macintosh Picture Format i M PICT Macintosh Picture Format PPM PGM PPM or PGM Format SRF SUN RAST Sun Raster File TIFF TIF Tagged Image File Format XWD X Windows Dump VRM
176. ions for Partial Correlation Description Partial Correlation computes the partial correlation coefficient of two n element data series dependent variable X and independent __ ftite Gonelation 5 Auto Corelogram variable Y when the effects of a third variable C are removed Auto Covariance Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Typical Uses any sitet Advanced statistical analysis Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Alg orithm D roplist Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix From theAlgorithm droplist select Partial Correlation Dialog Multiple Correlation options for this algorithm are displayed Partial Correlation Spearman Correlation Note For moreinformation see P_CORRELATE in theIDL Refer ence Guideand Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Partial Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Using Insight Correlation 118 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Dependent Text Field and Browse Button In the Dependent text field enter a data name or click Browse to select a data item from the Data M anager To Remove Text Field and Browse Button The To Remove option allows you to remove a variable from an analysis if you want to see partial data In the To Remove Text Field enter
177. iots i tee see MORE OUTPUTS Browse If Output Name in Use Display Message Dependent Browse J Specify Independent V Double Precision Independent Browse OUTPUTS Visualization new z Into New Axes J Plot Type Ene IF Summary Apply Cancel Help f Replace Data Item s Value Replace Data Item C Generate Unique Name Figure 6 6 The Fit Curves Dialog Next Button Click this button to display the model name listed after the model name displayed in the M odel droplist Dependent Text Field and Browse Button In the Dependent text field enter a data name or click Browse P to select a data item from the D ata Browser F Specify Independent Checkbox sus Select this option to include an independent data item in your Eizu analysis P E jaaa Double Precision Checkbox Banat Select this option to use double precision floating point 2 arithmetic Independent Text Field and Browse Button First select the Independent Checkbox Then in the Independent text field enter a data name or click Browse to select a data item from the Data Browser The number of elements of the Independent data must be the same as the number of elements of the Dependent data Curve Fitting Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 123 Visualization Droplist From the Visualization droplist select
178. is already plotted in the Visualization window Using Insight s Fit Curve dialog you can scroll through a list of models to find the best representation of your data A curveis a plot of points on the x and y axes y is called a function of x The data points are also Known as a vector Artifact Artifact is errant data values typically caused by instrumentation or other collection device error Correlation involves quantifying the likeness or degree to fit of one or more sample populations to an ideal linear model or to other sample populations The measure of likeness may be based upon the actual data values or upon their magnitude based ranks Using Insight 229 Based on criteria you specify in the Correlate dialog Insight automatically computes the correlation and opens a window showing the correlation value For example an output value of 1 indicates a perfect positive linear correlation an output value of 1 indicates a perfect negative linear correlation an output value of 0 98 indicates a high negative linear correlation and an output value close to zero indicates a poor linear correlation A tiling scheme is a grid in the Visualization window containing a specific number of places for visualizations Thisis helpful if you wish to visualize more than one data item simultaneously For example if you plan to view three visualizations simultaneously displayed in onerow select the 1 By 3 Rows By Column
179. is option to get information on Insight s Data M anager window About Insight Select this option to open a dialog which displays the Insight and IDL versions you are using Click OK to close the dialog Getting Help Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data The following topics are covered in this chapter The Data Manager Window 006 30 The Data Manager Window Menubar 30 Data Attributes Overview 31 Saving in the Data M anager Window 33 Importing and Exporting Data 34 Reading ASCII Format Files cc00 Editing and Creating Data Viewing Data Conditioning Data 29 30 Chapter 3 Working With Data This chapter introduces Insight s D ata M anager window and menu options and describes data attributes You will learn how to use the Data M anager window s File Edit Condition and View menus to work with data in various ways including importing exporting creating and conditioning The Data Manager Window The Data M anager window shown in Figure 3 1 is your view of the Insight data area associated with the Insight project Basically it s alist of data items with specific information about each called attributes To open the Data M anager window select the Data M anager option from the File M enu in the Visualization window Asa shortcut you can click the Data M anager button in the Visualization Toolbar the button displays the let
180. isisr detec E EE A E E 162 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials nsaan aaaea 163 Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface na nn nananana 187 INSIGHT 189 INSGET 191 INSPUT 194 INSVIS 201 Chapter 9 Extending Insight 0 aaea 203 Aout insight Plug NS aiina a Aa 204 General Guidelines for Writing PIUQINS vss 205 PULP FST NSn annie a a a i a oi 206 Conditoning PIGENS lt s2i cs tevczscacedsaacensvasescveatacsneeutansnes teat cecvenesvestancenestanineeltettvevsenetic 210 Analys 4 ca 6 9 e ogee ne nen are ee ip a a eee 212 MV OX sisi dicta eag E use has aR a abe 217 Using Insight ht Chapter 1 Overview This chapter includesinformation about IDL Insight referred to simply as Insight in thisdocument IDL the DL documentation set and about contacting Research Systems regarding problems with IDL About Insight Insight is an application for analyzing visualizing and working with data in a variety of ways Insight is written in the IDL language and allows you to take advantage of ID L s computing environment powerful array oriented language mathematical analysis and graphical display techniques without having to deal directly with the IDL command line or be familiar with ID L s function set and command syntax Easy Data Management Insight provides a graphical user interface that gives you the ability to visualize your data in many different ways quickly and easily Insight provides a D ata M a
181. ist select a style Styles determine the look of your visualization For moreinformation on styles see About Styles on page 100 3 When you arefinished click OK The dialog closes and Insight displays the contour in theVisualization window To view or modify this surface see Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu on page 68 or Properties Visualizations on page 73 Contours Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 59 bhi mie kh Se bl Cancel Figure 4 9 Image and Image Dialog Images Select Images to open an I mage dialog from which you can select a data item to display as an image in the Visualization window An image is often understood asa picture but actually any two dimensional data item can be displayed as an image Three dimensional data items can be displayed as true color images one dimension each for the red green and blue values of the image An image is a two dimensional array of pixels The value of each pixel represents the intensity and or color of that position in the visualization Note Truecolor data must be of the form 3 x y for pixel interleave x 3 y for row interleave or x y 3 for planar interleave The Image Dialog Selecting the Image option from the Visualize menu opens the mage dialog 1 Select the name of an image in the data selection list Note Thedata items available include any dataitemsin the Data M anager that fit the
182. istogram plots polar plots contours surfaces and images The graphic parts that make up a visualization the plot or image axes tickmarks annotations etc are called elements in thisdocument Often each element of a visualization has its own set of properties location color width style etc and can be customized independently of the other dementsin the visualization You can view and modify properties using the edement s Properties dialog See The Properties Dialogs on page 74 for details on setting properties The Visualization Window When you start Insight and open anew or existing Insight project the Visualization window appears on your screen as a viewing area with a menubar and toolbar The Visualization Window is shown in Figure 4 1 The Visualization window isthe primary workspace in which you visualize data It is also the hub from which you can navigate to e Analysis dialogs which allow you to analyze generate and modify data and visualiza tions e the Data M anager window where Insight lists names and attributes of all existing project data e other Insight projects By default the existing visualization iscleared from the Visualization window when anew visualization is created See Retain All Visualizations on page 65 for details on how to alter this behavior What Is Visualization Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 51 iL Oe nba ake bl an Visualization Fle p Vaab
183. isualization 50 X XRANGE keyword 202 Y YRANGE keyword 202 Usingnsight 223 The following are curve fitting cf equations in order numered inst1001 16 The following are for the formulator The following are misc data browsers Following are for INSPUT INSGET dialogs The Organizer and Clipboard Scalar Array Value Miscellaneous Using Insight ht 225 Insight incorporates many of ID L s analysis capabilities As you work on technical problem solving use options from the Analyze menu to analyze data visualize analysis results and generate new data M ost of the time you need only select the desired menu and dialog options Insight performs the coding underneath to perform analyses and generate new data based on your dialog selections A Fourier transform is a method of transforming an image from the spatial to the frequency domain in order to perform frequency analysis The Summary dialog for Fit Curve analysis displays results immediately after you have performed an analysis using a Fit Curve dialog The following information appears M odel selected in the dialog Equation for the mode selected Parameters Insight computes the parameters of the selected model based on the data selected in the dialog Chi Square Error Indicates how well the selected mode fits the data Thesmaller the Chi Square Error i e the closer it is to absolute zero the better the fit of the selected model to the
184. it is considerably more difficult than simply writing IDL statements Atthis level the programmer is underneath the user level shell of IDL and is not protected from small programming errors that can corrupt data give incorrect results or even crash IDL In such situations the burden of proving that a bug is within IDL and not the dynamically loaded code is entirely the programmer s Although it is certainly true that a bug in this situation can be within IDL it is very important that you exhaust all other possibilities before reporting a bug If you decide that you need to report a bug the comments above on simplifying things are even more important than usual If you send us a small example that explains the bug we can respond quickly with a correction or advice Otherwise we may not even know where to begin Using Insight Reporting Problems 10 Chapter 1 Overview Sending Data with Your Bug Report If the statements required to reproduce the bug are more than a few lines or require data files we will need you to send them to us on magnetic media or via e mail Call us for details Contact Us Note To report a problem contact us at the following addresses Mail Research Systems Inc 4990 Pearl East Circle Boulder Colorado 80301 Telephone 303 786 9900 Voice 303 786 9909 Fax 303 413 3920 IDL technical support direct line Electronic Mail support rsinc com Reporting Problems Using Insight Chapter 2 Gett
185. ization options shown in Figure 2 8 appear oo TT Frekara Fb ro fol POLT bck ash pa Browne Paimerca Sl eure ba eed upm md ca he hie qais eho Figure 2 8 Preferences Dialog for Specifying the Preference File Select the Preference filein one of the following ways e Enter a filename in the Preference File text field or e Click Browse to open a file selection dialog Select a filein the normal way Getting Help Insight provides several ways to get information on various Insight topics You can access the online help system by e clicking the Help button in dialogs Using Insight Getting Help 28 Chapter 2 Getting Started e selecting an option from Insight s H elp menu e entering at the DL command prompt You also can refer to the printed Insight and or IDL documentation IDL Help Select IDL Help to open the IDL online help files IDL s Online H elp system gives you access to all volumes of the DL WL Bain documentation set in electronic hypertext linked format l ragi Help fae Wg olee bor siiraks Insight Help h Select this option to open the Insight online help files The Visualization Window Menu Option This option appears when you re working in the Visualization window Select thisoption to get information on Insight s Visualization window The Data Manager Window Menu Option Thisoption appears when you reworkingin the Data M anager window Select th
186. ized itself to fit the new total range The legend has also updated to reflect the added data 2 Now le s modify the properties of the X axis Double click on theX axis Select the Log checkbox and click OK The X axis is now alog axis and the data sets have adjusted to reflect this new state 3 Nowlet sinsert another linegiving it anew pair of axes Select Insert Plot from the Edit menu Select the Y column of the Cosine 360 data item M odify the Insert Into droplist to New Axes Click OK Notice that the Cosine data has been added to the graph with its own set of axes The legend has also updated to reflect the added data Exercise 6 Visualize another Data Item 1 Let svisualize another data item Noisy Damped Sine 180 as a Scatter plot Since we don t need to save the visualization of the line plot we can either e visualize another data item which automatically will replace the line plot since Retain All Visualizations is not selected from the View menu by default or e select Clear from the View menu Let s go ahead and clear the window by selecting Clear from the View menu 2 Now select Scatter Plot from the Visualize menu The Scatter Plot dialog opens with a list of data from which to choose Insight displays only those data items that are appro priate for Scatter plots Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 169 3 Select the Y column
187. izontal 138 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 138 endnonscroll 138 defn inst96 138 130 Using Insight crossref REVERSE gt SecWin idl hlp 138 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 138 nstopic IPFlipVertical analyzingdata 0575 Flip Vertical 138 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 138 endnonscroll 138 defn inst95 138 crossref REVERSE gt SecWin idl hlp 138 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 138 nstopic IPLeeFilter analyzingdata 0580 Lee Filter 139 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 139 endnonscroll 139 defn inst97 139 crossref LEEFILT gt SecWin idl hlp 139 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 139 nstopic RobertsEdgeEnhance analyzingdata 0585 Roberts Edge Enhance 140 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 140 endnonscroll 140 defn inst99 140 crossref ROBERTS gt SecWin idl hlp 140 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 140 nstopic IPRotate analyzingdata 0590 Rotate 140 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 140 endnonscroll 140 defn inst100 140 crossref ROTATE gt SecWin idl hlp 141 crossref ROT gt SecWin idl hlp 141 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 141 nstopic IPSobelEdgeEnhance analyzingdata 0600 Sobel Edge Enhance 141 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 141 endnonscroll 141 defn inst102 141 crossref SOBEL gt SecWin idl hlp 141 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 141 nstopic IPThin analyzingdata
188. k to Insight vialNSGET s_EXTRA keyword See File Plugins on page 206 or Analysis Plugins on page 212 for details Using Insight INSGET 192 Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface GROUP Use this keyword when writing Plugins or applications Set this keyword equal to the widget ID of an existing widget that serves as group leader for any dialogs generated by the INSGET operation NAME Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain a string or array of strings representingthename s of theitems obtained Thisisuseful if the output isa structure Note that Insight data item names may contain spaces but structure tag names cannot PTR_OUT Set this keyword to indicate that the output returned should be either a single pointer or a structure containing multiple pointers to data If this keyword is not set IN SGET returns either a single variable containing the data a scalar or an array or a structure containing the data Note If you freea pointer to the value of an Insight data item thenext time Insight triesto access that item it will be removed from the Data M anager RED GREEN BLUE Set these keywords equal to named variables that will contain the red green and blue color table vectors of the first image read You must set all three of these keywords if you set any of them Ifthe RED GREEN and BLUE keywordsarenot specified the color table isnot output TITLE Set this keyword eq
189. l Visualizations annotations and elements Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option About Styles Insight allows you to save sets of Visualization LE Visualization Soi xl properties in astyle A style is just a list of Namea o Visualization attributes colors line styles fonts etc that can be associated with any Visualization of a given type Cancel Help To createa style you select a Visualization or pyete Visualization element modify its properties iiih 7 Feel ele and click OK in the properties dialog Copy Uraga Wiraakatior With the same Visualization still selected Eear arae select Save Style from the Edit menu You SAREETAN will be prompted for a style name When arca a Renee Freee tet you click OK your new style will be added hice to the current project It will appear in the oa hte mae Apply Style submenu of the Edit menu the LOS fom Seal mage next time you create a Visualization of the Seri same type Note Thestyle you createisonly applicable to other Visualizations of thesametype If you create a style for aline plot for example that style will only be available to apply to other plot type Visualizations You cannot apply a line plot style to a surface About Styles Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 101 To add your styles to the Insight template file open
190. lation Dialog Correlation Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field In the Independent 2 Text Field enter a data name or click Browse to select a data item from the Data M anager Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 119 Curve Fitting E e aL i Select the Fit Curves option to open adialogwhich allows you to fit i a curve to data The dialog options displayed depend on the model selected When you select a model from the dialog s M oda droplist the unique options associated with that model appear For more details see Curve and Surface Fitting in Chapter 15 of Using IDL What is Curve Fitting With curve fitting you can find an analytic representation equation or M odel which represents data more compactly Basically this involves fitting your data to a specific type of curve If you visualize your data and select the curve or visualization before bringing up the curve fitting dialog you will be able to insert the resulting curve fit into the existing plot Using Insight s Fit Curves dialog you can scroll through a list of models to find the best representation of your data As you select each model name its mathematical formula as well as a representative graph are displayed on the right hand side of the dialog After specifying all dialog
191. lator Additional Operators Using Insight 161 The Formulator 162 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Plugins Visa bii Select this option to view a submenu of Analysis Plugins Selecting Comiat oneof the Plugins displayed performsthePlugin sanalysis operation Mbre on the item selected in the Visualization and or on data items ee Formula A Plugin is a routine written in the DL language Plugins must follow Insight s Plugin conventions as described in Chapter 9 Piaget Extending Insight Analysis Plugins behave the same as built in analysis functionality thuscan beundoneand redone See Analysis Plugins on page212 for details on writing your own Analysis Plugins Plugins Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials The following topics are covered in this chapter Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project cceeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeneeeeeeetee 165 Tutorial 2 Visualizations Styles and Printing eee rete eeeeteee ee eeeeetenaeeeeeeetee 167 Tutorial 3 Visualizing aC OMEOUE vactis sus cap ley coe cesesdaveee ass 2eersvenyentcbcuttevacteiece toate 170 Tutorial 4 Visualizing a Surface aio veci sncecse dese eenenadiincieweesenes axerileet teeaslneanceds 172 Tutorial 5 Analyzing Data and Annotating c cccceececeeeeee eee eeeneneeeeeeeteteneeeeeeene 174 Tutorial 6 Curve Fitting Analysis 222 2i 0 sakek Sisisiees ei Reel Ase 178 Tutorial 7 Working in the Data Manager WiNdOW
192. le as a vector For the example data set this means that Insight would import four three element vectors as separate data items You can alter this behavior by grouping two or more fields select all four fields in the table at the upper left and click Group With this configuration Insight will import a single 4 x 3 element array rather than four vectors Finally you can control the values assigned to data elements that are missing from your data file In the example data the second element of the second record is missing Select either IEEE NaN Not a Number or specify another value in the Assign M issing Data field Data elements that arenot included in the ascii file will be assigned this value Click Finish to import the data Enter a filenameto savethe ASCII file Plugin into or select cancel if you do not want to create the Plugin 7 Inthe Data M anager you will see a new data item named field1 It should appear as a 2D floating point array with dimensions 4 3 Select Value from the Data M anager Edit menu and notice that the missing element at Column 1 Row 1 isshown as NaN 8 Click Close to closethedataview dialog and select Exit from theVisualization window File menu to exit Insight Using Insight ht Chapter 8 Insight s DL Interface The following topics are covered in this chapter INSIGHE reines n 189 INSGE krissiee ni 191 INSPU Th orinni 194
193. lect FFT Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see FFT in the DL Reference Guide and mage Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the FFT Dialog Thereareno fields unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 139 Options for FFT Inverse Description The Fast Fourier Transform Inverse FFT Inverse algorithm re transforms an image from the frequency domain back into the spatial domain The image can then be displayed Typical Uses Use FFT Inverse after doing frequency analysis on an image eg lowpass bandpass highpass filtering Note You cannot use FFT Inverse on a raw image The image must first have an FFT performed on it frequency domain manipu lations filtering applied and then an FFT Inverse can be performed The current version of Insight doesnotincorporatespecific frequency filtering tools however the advanced user has the option of applying conditioning tools the The Formulator Plugins and theIDL language to perform Fourier analysis Inverse Frequency Spatial Domain Domain Figur 11Fasfouri ransforimverse Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select FFT Inverse Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see FFT in the DL
194. ling scheme Note If you set Retain All Visualizations in the View menu visualizations are not automatically replaced with the tiling scheme is full Clear Select Clear to clear the Visualization window of all visualizations Refresh Select Refresh to redraw the Visualization window viewing area 1 By 1 Rows By Columns and Other Listed Schemes Select one of the listed m By n tiling schemes to arrangetilesin the Visualization window For example selecting 1 By 1 sets up the Visualization window so it will contain one visualization Similarly the 1 By 2 option tiles the Visualization window such that it contains two visualizations side by side in asingle row The other listed tiling arrangements work the same way Visualizations are drawn into atiled Visualization window starting with the bottom left tile moving to the right and then up The last visualization is displayed in the top right tile ib Gi Wear fe Gee Hele IG En ela A zi ies ES wma zi al 1 int p f s f it l a a 3 a ji asf im 2 hmi bie ve 7 ay n i ii 1d pe Figure 4 13 The Visualization window tiled to a 2 Row by 2 Column Grid The View Menu Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 65 Other Select Other to open an Other Configuration dialog which allows you to select the number of rows and columns in the Visualization window Adjust the Rows slider to the desired nu
195. list select a tick font for the colorbar Tick Font Size Slider Adjust the Tick Font Size slider to the desired character size 9 72 points Tick Text Color Droplist From the Tick Text Color droplist select the tick text color Legend Annotation Legends will be generated when a plot contour or surface graph is created To edit a legend either double click on it or use the Edit lt graphic gt Properties menu Thissection describes dialog controls for each Insight annotation type El Properties Te Title Font Heretica Name Histogram Visualization L Title Font Size rie 12 al ltem Fomat Title Color Bleck X Location 0 950000 Y Location 0 900000 Kil mE m ltem Font Helvetica zj Border Gap Gap Item Font Size a 3 T Glyph Size 270 Item Text Color Black Fill Color White j Columns 1 Outline Thickness 1 al T Hidden i J kG F a percent of item text height Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 16 Properties Dialog for Legend Annotation Title Text Field Enter thetitlein the Title text field Note that a legend title is different from its N ame Title Font Droplist From the Title Font droplist select a font for the title text Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 94 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations Title Font Size Slider Adjust the Title Font Size slider to the desired character size 9 72 points for the title text Title Col
196. lors Options M ove the Reserved Indexed Colors slider to the desired number of reserved colors 1 through 256 This option works only when you re running Insight in Indexed Color mode See INSIGHT on page 189 for additional information on starting Insight in different color modes Selection Visual Options Adjust the line thickness style and color of the lines used to highlight a selected visualization element using the controls in this section of the dialog Select the Bring to Front checkbox to bring the particular visualization to the front of all the others Save Project File Compressed Checkbox Check this box so that normal non template project files will be saved in compressed format When you have finished selecting options you can select another category from the Category droplist to continue setting preferences When you have finished setting preferences in all desired categories click OK Preferences Dialog Clipboard Select the Clipboard Customization option from the Category droplist to specify clipboard preferences The Clipboard Customization options shown in Figure 2 5 appear Setting Insight Preferences Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 25 naefa Va CO We 1 a oe Cancel Hap Figure 2 5 Preferences Dialog for Clipboard Customization Quality The rendering quality at which graphics are drawn to the clipboard The default is High Resolution
197. lue Dialog If you have selected array data the Array Value dialog opens Use the scroll bars to navigate to all rows and columnsin the Dimensions table Choose up to two dimensions if applicable to display For example if you select 16 in theDim 1 column and in Dim 2 column the table will display the values for all the rows of column 16 Viewing Data E eon H The Data M anager s View menu provides options for displaying data z and attributes in the Data M anager window Mim Sia All Attributes Menu Option Select All Attributes to view all attributes for all data in the Data M anager window Statistics Noisy Damped sine Minimum 0 714387 Maximum 0 952069 Mean 0 0232793 Mean Abs Dev 0 233950 Median 0 0141412 Variance 0 0903005 Std Dev 0 300500 Skewness 0 349260 Kurtosis 0 161435 Figure 3 5 Statistics Dialog with example statistics for Noisy Damped Sine data Viewing Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 43 Partial Attributes Menu Option Select Partial Attributes to open the Partial Attributes dialogin which you can specify attributes you wish to view for datain the Data M anager window Select the checkbox to the left of each desired attribute When you havefinished click OK Insight displays the selected attributes and hides the rest from view E Partha Arbatan Figure 3 6 Partial Attributes Dialog Filter Menu Option Sele
198. lugin routines in the normal way For example if your Plugin is named MyP lugin you could enter COMPILE MyPlugin at the DL command prompt 3 Create an IDL save file with the following command SAVE ROUTINES FILE PlugIn_name sav where Plugin_nameis the name of your Plugin 4 Movethe sav fileto the Plugins directory Using Insight General Guidelines for Writing Plugins 206 Chapter 9 Extending Insight Note You will need to exit and restart IDL for each Plugin you compileinto a sav file Also if your normal IDL startup procedureincludes compilation of any of your own routines you should disable those parts of the startup when compiling sav files The point is to ensure that only the Plugin routines are compiled in ID L s memory when you issue the SAVE command Note You may need to resave your Plugin routines when an upgraded version of Insight is released Keep an archive of your source pro files File Plugins File Plugins read and or write custom data file formats into and out of Insight For example you can create a Plugin to import and export files stored in a proprietary image data format Basically File Plugins add file formats to the list of formats Insight recognizes when you are importing and exporting data files Note File formats recognized by Insight are listed in the Select File Format dialogs which open whenever Insight prompts you to designate a format for a file you re trying to import or export
199. lugins 138 139 Index B D Index CT_NAME keyword 195 CT_NEW_NAME keyword 195 CT_REPLACE keyword 195 Curve Fitting 125 Basics 119 cubic 127 Equation list 125 equations 125 exponential 128 geometric 130 hyperbolic 129 hyperbolic trigonometric 129 linear 126 linear w outliers 127 logistic 130 logsquare 129 quadratic 127 quadratic gaussian 131 quartic 128 quintic 128 trig product 131 trigsummation 130 variablesinc 131 curve fitting see also Fit Curve D Data Analysis 104 Attributes 31 40 browser 17 Conditioning 44 copying 68 Creating 104 Creating in DataM anager window 38 Creating using the formulator 152 deleting 38 68 Editing 37 Importing 36 37 Sharing Among Projects 15 Statistics 41 Viewing 42 Data Browser Dialog 193 Data Conditioning Plugins 48 reformat 44 resize 45 reverse 46 Usingnsight Index sample 46 sort 46 transpose 47 DataManager 21 30 ClosingtheWindow 37 Condition Menu 44 Edit Menu 37 Help Menu 48 Menu Bar 30 Saving changes 33 View Menu 42 deleting data 38 68 Density Function 134 description attribute 32 DESCRIPTION keyword 195 Dialogs Corrdation Analysis 105 Fit CurveAnalysis 121 General Properties of Visualizations 74 Getting Started With Insight 12 Image Processing 132 Preferences Clipboard Customization 24 Customizing Menu Display 25 General Customization 22 Specifying PlugIns Directory 25 Specifying Preferences Directory 27 Properties 74 Annotation 90 Axes 87
200. m Deviation which represents the maximum point at which the model differs from data If the individual points that make up the data fit the model with Using Insight Curve Fitting 124 Curve Fitting Chapter 6 Analyzing Data a high degree of accuracy the Relative Maximum Deviation is close to zero A Relative Maximum Deviation value closer to one indicates that there may be a hidden or bad value in the data More gt gt Button Click this button to view additional options for performing the analysis lt lt Less Button This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button Click this button to closethe extended section of the dialog that displays additional options for performing the analysis The dialog displaying the basic dialog options remains open Weighting Droplist This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button From the droplist select uniform inverse or vector weighting Weighting gives greater or lesser importance to the magnitude of Y edements This involves assigning a numerical coefficient to a Y element to express its relative importance in a frequency distribution With uniform weighting all Y values have the same relative importance With Inverse weighting the larger the magnitude of aY value the lesser its importance and the smaller the magnitude of a Y value the greater its importance With Vector weighting you must specify
201. man Correlation Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field In the Independent 2 Text Field enter adata name or click Browse to open the Data Browser of data from which to choose Options for Linear Covariance Matrix Description The Linear Covariance M atrix computes the covariance between the vectors of a two dimensional m x n array If vectors of unequal length are specified the longer vector is truncated to the size of the smaller vector The result isan m x m covariance matrix assuming m isthe dimension of the smaller vector of linear covariance coefficients Typical Uses Use the Linear Covariance M atrix to calculate the covariance at each index of two vectorsin an array Algorithm Droplist Linear Covariance Matrixi Auto Correlation Auto Correlogram Auto Covariance Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Cross Covariance Image Correlation Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Multiple Correlation Partial Correlation Spearman Correlation From theAlgorithm droplist select Linear Covariance M atrix Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note Formoreinformation seeCORRELATE in thel DL ReferenceGuideand Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields
202. matically generated where available They are useful for upgrading projects from previous versions of Insight or when the legend or colorbar has been deleted Line Annotation Select Line or click the Line Annotation button in the Visualization toolbar to add straight line segments to your selected visualization To set the line properties double click the line The Line Annotation Properties dialog opens see Line Annotation on page 96 Rectangle Annotation Select Rectangle or click the Rectangle annotation button in the Visualization toolbar to place arectangle on your selected visualization To set rectangle properties double click the rectangle The Rectangle Annotation Properties dialog opens see Rectangle Annotation on page 97 Text Annotation Select Text or click the Text annotation button in the Visualization toolbar to place text on your selected visualization To set text properties double click the annotation text box The Text Annotation Properties dialog opens see Text Annotation on page 98 Annotations Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 63 eg ia Lia ie Le Ss fe it fie ee ee E Se de an Aram Figur 12 Annotatioastheyppeatimvisualizabedore editinggi in amp ectanglBsxtandColorbalefihegend right The View Menu Pen ME The View menu provides options for customizing the way Pare you view your visualizations Using these options you can
203. mber is displayed above the slider Numbers range from 1 to 10 pixels Line Type Droplist From the Line Type droplist select a line type for the line Options are solid dotted dashed dash dot dash dot dot and long dashes Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the line from view Note To makeahidden annotation visible Select the Visualization M anager option from the Edit menu The Visualization M anager Window appearslisting all Visualizations annotations and elements Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option Rectangle Annotation To edit a rectangle annotation either double click on it or use the E i Edit lt graphic gt Properties menu Color Black EIB gt l Thickness Line Type Solid J Hidden Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 18 Properties Dialog for Rectangle Annotation Name Text Field An annotation is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever an annotation needs to be referenced textually for example in lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 98 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Color Droplist From the Color droplist select a color for the rectangle Thickness Slider Use this slider
204. mber of rows 1 10 Adjust the Columns slider to the desired number of columns 1 10 When you are finished with the dialog click OK The dialog closes and the tile scheme specified appears as a grid in the Visualization window Other Configuration Select the number of rows and columns for the visualizations a Columns Cancel Help Figure 4 14 Tile Scheme Dialog Retain All Visualizations Select Retain All Visualizations to keep visualizationsin Insight s memory even when they have been covered up in the Visualization window by a new visualization Retaining visualizations allows you to display oneimage on top of the other or to switch back and forth between visualizations usingtheVisualization M anager see Visualization M anager on page 68 for details Note Retained visualizations consumememory Deselect Retain All Visualizations if you find that Insight s performance is degraded by holding numerous visualizations in memory Zoom In Select Zoom In to magnify your view of the visualization s in the window by a factor of 2 Select this option until you reach thedesired magnification Each timeyou select this option Insight magnifies the view of the visualization by a factor of 2 The maximum magnification is 1600 X 1200 pixels Zoom Out Select Zoom Out to reducethe view of the visualization s in the window by a factor of 1 2 Select this optio
205. mc inst106 bmp 232 bme inst107 bmp 232 topic inst200 bitmaps bmc inst200 bmp 232 topic inst210 bitmaps bmc inst210 bmp 232 topic inst215 bitmaps Using Insight topic inst101 bitmaps topic inst102 bitmaps topic inst103 bitmaps topic inst104 bitmaps topic inst105 bitmaps topic inst106 bitmaps topic inst107 bitmaps 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 v2 2 2 247 Fit Curve Dialog for a Logistic Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Geometric Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Trig Summation Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Trig Product Model 230 Fit Curve Dialog for a Quadratic Gaussian Model 231 Fit Curve Dialog for a Variable Sinc Model 231 Process Image Dialog for Density Function 231 Process Image Dialog for Dilate 231 Process Image Dialog for Erode 231 Process Image Dialog for FFI 231 Process Image Dialog for FFT Inverse 231 Process Image Dialog for Flip Vertically 231 Process Image Dialog for Flip Horizontally 231 Process Image Dialog for Lee Filter 231 Process Image Dialog for Thin 231 Process Image Dialog for Roberts Edge Enhance 231 00 Process Image Dialog for Rotate Array 231 01 Process Image Dialog for Rotate Image 231 02 Process Image Dialog for Sobel Edge Enhance 231 03 Process Image Dialog for Transpose 232 04 Process Image Dialog for Subtract 232 05 Pro
206. mmand ID CID isinformation returned in avariable specified via theCIDS keyword to INSPUT or INSVIS TheCID list allows Insight to support Undo and Redo functionality for your Plugin You must specify this keyword when creating your Apply function DATA_NAME Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the name of the data selected in the Visualization window The variable specified by DATA_NAME will contain an empty string if no data element is selected Main Procedure Callback If your Plugin includes an IDL widget user interface the M ain Procedure Callback is invoked when the user selects your Plugin from the Analysis menu This procedure creates the dialog and starts the event loop M akesurethat any dialog you createto handle user input has the MODAL keyword set on its top level widget base The Main procedure must be structured as follows Procedure Name By convention the M ain procedure function should be named PromptUserplugin where plugin is the name of the Analysis Plugin the M ain procedure belongs to Arguments to the Main Procedure The Main procedure should not accept any arguments Keywords to the Main Procedure EXTRA Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a structure of information provided by Insight You will pass this information back to Insight by specifying the _EXTRA keyword in your Plugln s call to CW_INSAPPLY You must specify this keyword when creatin
207. more detail see TRAN SPOSE in the IDL Reference Guide Hint Thisis especially helpful if you wish to use an array in the Data M anager as input to an IDL function that expects data in row major format IDL always allocates and references data in row major format Using Insight Conditioning Data 48 Chapter 3 Working With Data Name Data 001 Permutation Vector 1 2 a 1 io OK Cancel Help Figure 3 12 Transpose Dialog for 3D Arrays If the data has three to eight dimensions you can enter a permutation vector For one dimensional data the Transpose option converts between a row and column vector For two dimensional data the rows and columns are switched but no permutation vector is required Plugins Menu Option Select Plugins to view a submenu of Conditioning Plugins Selecting oneof the Plugins displayed performs the Plugin s conditioning operation on the item selected in the Data M anager window A Plugin is a routine written in the IDL language Plugins must follow Insight s Plugin conventions as described in Extending Insight on page 203 Conditioning Plugins modify the value of a selected Insight data item You can add Conditioning Plugins to perform such tasks as rotating scaling rounding and shifting Help Menu The Data M anager H elp menu provides options for getting help Dies Using these options you can access online help files and get Feii Hat information on IDL and Insight To
208. mplate as a File Plugin If you have multiple files of the same format this will enable you to read them into Insight without having to redefine the format each time The Plugin should be put into a directory of your Plugins Path and be saved with a pro extension Since the Plugin is IDL code you may customize it if desired see File Plugins on page 206 for further information If you do not want a File Plugin created simply cancel from the file browser See Importing ASCII Data on page 184 for a tutorial on using Insight s ASCII reading capabilities Editing and Creating Data Ta ee Conchita The Data M anager s Edit menu provides options for working with srie data including viewing and modifying data attributes viewing Ap data values and creating new data Daksa eliant Cede Daa i Undo Menu Option a Select Undo to reverse the most recent action taken You can value undo the following actions delete duplicate create scalar create array attribute changes and data conditioning operations In general you have the option to undo an action until you take the next action Using Insight Reading ASCII Format Files 38 Chapter 3 Working With Data Redo Menu Option Select this option to reverse the previous Undo action You can select this option after selecting the Undo option Delete Menu Option Select this option to remove the selected data from the project Duplicate Menu Option
209. n When you re ready to accept the property changes click OK The Properties dialog closes General Visualization Properties When you select an entire Visualization Visualization Properties dialog controls which allow you to modify properties common to all Visualization types Line Scatter Histogram and Polar plot Contour Image and Surface appear in the Visualization Properties dialog This section describes these dialog controls and how to use them gt Location Location width Hetgnt J Vicualiza tion Hidden _ fac ground Tramparent Figure 5 5 Properties Dialog for Visualization Characteristics Name Text Field A Visualization is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever a Visualization needs to be referenced textually for examplein lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name X Location Slider Use the X Location slider to modify the X location of the Visualization in the window The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 75 Y Location Slider Use the Y Location slider to modify the Y location of the Visualization in the window Width Slider Use the Width slider to modify the width of the entire Visualization relative to the dimensions of the Visualization window Adjust the sli
210. n old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties e UseUniqueName XYZ Theunique unused namewill be given to the new data item Duplicate Color Table Name e Replace the Color Table s Value The existing color table will be replaced by anew one i e the old table will be deleted and anew one created e ReplaceColor Table The valueof the existing color table will bereplaced This will cause dynamic updating to occur for any current uses e g an image visualization would update to reflect the new value e UseUniqueName XYZ Theunique unused name displayed will be given to thenew color table 4ccolor table named bragu dais Hem narad iraga alandy miete im the Color Manager aireuriy axian in the Daria H Is ks Genre y mot bn ume Do pou wie toy Dp yau wish bee mer iS Flap hi Dali Warm wakha UB Riglete the Color Tabira value Negpisce the Color Tahie _ Replaces the ria here liisa Unique Norme Imega O01 JUa Dede homn Taago 00T OK Cancel Hoe Figure 8 3 Duplicate Color Table Name and Duplicate Data Name Dialogs Using Insight INSPUT See Also INSGET Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 201 INSVIS Use theINSVIS procedure to create or insert into an Insight visualization from within an Analysis Plugin You cannot use the IN SVIS procedure directly from the IDL command prompt Calling Sequence INSVIS Namel Name2 Name3 Argument
211. n errors Apply Function Callback If your Plugin includes an IDL widget user interface the Apply function isinvoked when the user selects OK or Apply in a Plugin dialog If your Plugin does not includea widget interface the Apply function is called immediately when the user selects the Plugin from the Analysis menu This function performs the main operation of the Analysis Plugin and returns a success flag The Apply Function can use IN SGET to get data from the Insight data area IN SPUT to put data into the Insight data area and INSVIS to visualize data The Apply function must be structured as follows Function Name By convention the Apply function isnamed appLyplugin where plugin is the name of the Analysis Plugin the apply function belongs to Return Value The Apply function must return either the integer one success or zero failure Arguments to the Apply Function The Apply function should not accept any arguments Using Insight Analysis Plugins 214 Chapter 9 Extending Insight Keywords to the Apply Function EXTRA Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a structure of information provided by Insight You will pass this information back to Insight by specifying the _EXTRA keyword in your Plugln s call to INSGET INSPUT or INSVIS You must specify this keyword when creating your Apply function CIDS Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the Command IDs A Co
212. n existing widget that serves as group leader for any dialogs generated by the INSPUT operation IMAGE Set this keyword to specify that all of the data items being imported into Insight are images If this keyword is not set none of the imported data items will be classified as images NAME Set this keyword equal to a string or an array of strings containing thenames of data items being imported into Insight If fewer names are present than the number of data items being input Insight will cycle through the list of names See the REPLACE keyword for details on how names are used The default is to usethe IDL variable name or tag name if a structure is being input If the data does not havea name i e is an expression a default name is automatically generated NEW_NAME Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a string or array strings containing the actual names assigned to data items imported into Insight This keyword is useful if the REPLACE keyword is set equal to zero or two NO_DRA W Set this keyword to inhibit the visualization window from drawing This is useful to reduce unwanted draws and help speed the display RED GREEN BLUE Set each of these keywords equal to a vector of bytevalues representing thered green and blue values of the color table Insight should create for input images Note that the same color table is used for all images the color table will be given the same name
213. n of the Condition menu in the Data M anager window Conditioning Plugins do not get data from Insight add data to Insight or visualize data so they never use Insight API procedures Required Routines Conditioning Plugins require the following routines e One or more event handling routines if necessary e A Main function callback e 6A Registration function Example Plugins A working Conditioning Plugin named M yN egate is included in the IDL distribution M yNegate uses a widget interfaceto solicit user input Look at the filemynegate proin the plugins subdirectory of the insight subdirectory of the examples directory in the IDL distribution A Conditioning Plugin named M yAbs is also included in the distribution M yAbs does not use a widget interface Event Handling Routines If your Plugin includes an IDL widget user interface write an event handling routine or routinesto handle eventsand perform your Plugin operation Besureto catch and handle your own errors Main Function Callback The Main function callback is invoked when the menu option is selected and returns an integer value reporting success or failure of the operation The M ain function creates the dialog if any associated with the conditioning Plugin and starts the event loop M ake sure that any dialog you create to handle user input has the MODAL keyword set on its top level widget base The Main function must be structured as follows Function Name By convent
214. n the Visualization window last The order in which Visualizations are drawn becomes important when you place one Visualization over another If you select an item in the window that item s nameis highlighted when you open the Visualization M anager When you select anamein the Visualization M anager that item is selected in the Visualization window Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 69 al Visualization Manager OF x Name of Line Plot Visualization Delete Visualization F mulator Output Plot Line X Axis Edit Y Axis Line Plot Visualization Legend Move Up Move Down Close Help Figure 5 1 Visualization Manager Window Names of elements Using the Visualization M anager 1 In thelist on the left hand side of the window click on the name of the element or Visualization you d like to select edit or delete Insight selects that item in the Visualiza tion window Note Theorder of thelist will change upon selection if the Bring To Front preferenceis set 2 Todeletetheitem click D elete Insight deletes the item from the Visualization window To edit the properties of the selected item click Edit The Properties dialog opens displaying properties for theselected item Edit theproperties as desired To find out how to modify Properties see The Properties Dialogs on page 74 3 Usethe MoveUp o
215. n until you reach the desired reduction Each time you select this option Insight reduces the view of the visualization by 1 2 Note Remember that when you use zoom options you are not actually changing the size of thevisualization only your view of the visualization If you select theprint option while the visualization is zoomed the printed visualization appears unzoomed Using Insight The View Menu 66 Chapter 4 Visualizing Data Fit To Window Select Fit to Window so that the contents of the Visualization window will automatically resize to fit the Visualization window A symbol marks this menu option when it is turned on Selecting Visualizations Insight allows you to interactively move and edit visualizations and visualization elements Before you can move or edit an element however you must select it Selected elements are highlighted see Preferences Dialog General on page 22 for information on changing the way selected elenents are highlighted You can select visualizations elements and annotations in the Visualization window in several ways e To select an entire visualization click on the background of the visualization not on an element A bounding box will appear in the window indicating that the visualization has been selected If the visualization is smaller than the Visualization window itself you may be able to click outside the visualization in this case nothing will be selected e T
216. nager that helps you import data into Insight either from ID L variables or from data files stored elsewhere on your computer system The Data M anager allows you to keep track of your data easily to 2 Chapter 1 Overview create new data items within Insight and to perform simple data conditioning tasks sorting sampling reformatting etc See Chapter 3 Working With Data for moreon Insight s Data M anager Powerful Data Analysis IDL provides a wide variety of data analysis routines many of which are accessible through Insight s interface Insight dialogs allow you to try out different types of data analysis quickly and efficiently without the need to write DL programs or repeat commands Insight s data analysis capabilities are discussed in Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Once you ve created a visualization in Insight you can control many aspects of the visualization s appearance colors linestyles even sizeand orientation interactively without the need to re createthe visualization after each change See Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations for details The Insight Project Data and Visualizations in a Convenient Package Insight introduces the concept of a project An Insight project is a special file that combines your data visualizations and any customizations of the Insight interface you may have made into a single compact unit When you open a project that you ve worked on previously you
217. nalysis Data Sal conditioninginvolves relatively simple operations which modify baiat the values of existing data items D ata analysis is typically amore lan at complicated process whereby multiple data items may be used together in an algorithm to generate replace or modify data items optionally applying different parameters on atrial basis and visualizing the result Reformat Menu Option Select Reformat to open the Reformat dialog in which you can view or modify the dimensions of a selected array without changing the total number of elements Reformat dialog options depend on dimensionality of the selected data The array can have one to eight dimensions Only the dimensions of the array are changed the actual data remains unmodified For more details see REFORM in the IDL Reference Guide Using The Reformat Dialog 1 Select data in the Data M anager window 2 Select the Reformat option from the Condition menu The Reformat dialog opens The dialog displays the name of the data and the size of each dimension Edit the Dimension text fields with the desired sizes 4 When you are finished click OK Conditioning Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 45 Resize Menu Option Select Resize to open the Resize dialog which allows you to shrink or expand the size of an array by an arbitrary amount Insight computes intermediate data values based on the existing data values Resize d
218. nalyzingdata 0500 Image Processing 130 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 130 endnonscroll 130 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 130 nstopic TheImageProcessDialog analyzingdata 0520 The Image Process Dialog topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 130 endnonscroll 130 midtopic databrowser3 131 nstopic IPDensityFunction analyzingdata 0530 Density Function 133 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 133 endnonscroll 133 defn inst90 133 crossref HIST_2D gt SecWin idl hlp 133 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 133 nstopic IPDilate analyzingdata 0540 Dilate 133 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 133 endnonscroll 133 defn inst91 134 crossref DILATE gt SecWin idl hlp 134 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 134 nstopic IPErode analyzingdata 0550 Erode 135 endnonscroll 135 defn inst92 135 crossref ERODE gt SecWin idl hlp 135 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 135 nstopic IPFFT analyzingdata 0560 FFT 136 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 136 endnonscroll 136 defn inst93 136 crossref FFT gt SecWin idl hlp 136 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 136 nstopic IPFFTInverse analyzingdata 0565 FFT Inverse 137 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 137 endnonscroll 137 defn inst94 137 crossref FFT gt SecWin idl hlp 137 crossref image_intro gt SecWin idl hlp 137 nstopic IPFlipHorizontal analyzingdata 0570 Flip Hor
219. nd Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Flip Vertical Dialog Thereareno fields uniqueto this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 141 Options for Lee Filter Description Lee filtering is a standard deviation based sigma filter used to smooth noisy speckled data Unlike similar sigma filters the Lee filter preserves image sharpness and detail while suppressing noise Figure 12 Nois mageandLefiltenatage Jupiter Typical Uses The Lee filter isa standard method of removing noise from an image It can also be used to produce image effects Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Lee Filter Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see LEEFILT in the DL Reference Guide and Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Lee Filter Dialog Thereareno fields unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Using Insight Image Processing 142 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Options for Roberts Edge Enhance Description The Roberts Edge Enhance filter is a method of sharpening and isolating the edges of an image Figure 6 13 Original and R
220. nderer Defaut C HAVGL f S WGL I Save Project File Compressed Cancel Help Figure 2 4 Preferences Dialog with General Customization Options Print Scaling From the Print Scaling Options panel select Fill page Aspect ratio or None These options describe how visualizations in the window will correspond to the printed page e Select Fill page to restrict or expand the contents of the Visualization window to the paper size specified for printing e Select Aspect ratio to fill the page with all the visualizations and maintaining the aspect ratio Insight must scale the window contents which diminishes image accuracy e Select None so that the contents of the Visualization window appear on paper just asin thewindow Thevisualizations arenot sized to fill the page If they arelarger than the page size the visualizations will be clipped Interactive Drag Speed From the Interactive Drag Speed panel select High Medium or Low visualization drag speed The higher the speed the lower the drawing quality of the visualization while dragging This setting does not affect the quality of the visualization when you are not moving it interactively with the mouse Hide Static Views Checkbox When Hide Static Views is selected visualizations that are not being manipulated will not be drawn during the manipulation Using Insight Setting Insight Preferences 24
221. ndow Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 31 Data Attributes Overview Insight organizes the information describing data as a set of attributes Examples of attributes are name classification type dimensions elements and description This section describes the data attributes used by the Insight Data M anager Note To modify oneor more attributes of a data item select the data item from the Data M anager s table then select Attributes from the Edit menu in the Data M anager window To view the value of selected data select Value from the Edit menu of the Data M anager window When you create new data items within Insight you assign the attributes explicitly For example when you select Create Data from the Edit menu in the Data M anager window a dialog shown in Figure 3 2 allows you to specify attributes for your data When you import data Insight determines most data attributes for you ai Data Attributes Name Formulator Qutput Classification Vector Type Integer Dimensions 100 Elements 100 Min 0 Max 99 Size bytes 200 Fomat I0 Modification Time 3 20 98 14 55 35 Source Formulator Description Output from Formulator OK Cancel Help Figure 3 2 Data Attributes Dialog Data Attributes This section describes the attributes associated with data Name This attribute contains the name of the data D ata created in Insight has a name ass
222. ng of any current uses of that iten where possible For example a visualization would automatically attempt to redraw using the new value Besse irae Wave e Replace Data Item Replaces the data item i e the old data item will be deleted and a new onewill becreated Futureuseof theold item will no longer be possible For example if an old item was being visualized you would loose the ability to edit its properties e Generate Unique Name Generates a unique unused name for the data item To save the output data generated by the formula to a name other than the default name listed in the text field click in the text field and edit or click the Browse button and select a data item Note If the output is a scalar an output data name need not be specified In this case the Formulator behavesmuch like atypical scientific calculator theresult being displayed in the text field next to the Evaluate Formula button Steps for Creating a Formula Following arethe two basic steps for creating a formula The example below gives a more detailed explanation of these steps 1 Create the Formula Use the pulldown menus numeric keypad and or additional operators to create a formula You provide a name for the output data item by clicking M ore gt gt and Using Insight The Formulator 154 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data entering anamein Result Data Name If you do not enter a name the result will be named Formula
223. ngdata 150 endnonscroll 150 defn InsightFormulatorDefinition 150 crossref expressions gt SecWin idl hlp 150 defn inst1201 150 midtopic databrowser5 150 midtopic formresultdata 151 defn inst1202 151 defn inst1203 151 defn inst1204 152 crossref STRING gt SecWin idl hlp 155 crossref COMPLEX gt SecWin idl hlp 155 crossref DCOMPLEX gt SecWin idl hlp 155 crossref CONJ gt SecWin idl hlp 155 crossref IMAGINARY gt SecWin idl hlp 155 crossref MEDIAN gt SecWin idl hlp 156 crossref SORT gt SecWin idl hlp 157 crossref TRANSPOSE gt SecWin idl hlp 157 crossref expressions gt SecWin idl hlp 158 nstopic AnalysisPlugins analyzingdata 0800 Analysis PlugIns 159 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 159 endnonscroll 159 nstopic InsightTutorials insighttutorials 0100 InsightTutorials 161 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 161 endnonscroll 161 nstopic CreatingTemplateTutorial insighttutorials 0210 Opening a Project and Creating a Template 163 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 163 endnonscroll 163 nstopic VisDataandModTutorial insighttutorials 0220 Visualizing Data and Modifying Prop erties Tutorial 165 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 165 endnonscroll 165 nstopic VisAContourTutorial insighttutorials 0230 Visualizing a Contour 168 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_insighttutorials 168 endnonscroll 168 nstopic VisASurfaceTutorial insighttutori
224. nonscroll 119 midtopic databrowser2 120 crossref curve_fitting gt SecWin idl hlp 123 crossref LinFit gt SecWin idl hlp 123 crossref LADFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 123 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 123 crossref GAUSSFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 123 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 123 nstopic DialogForAutoCorrelogram analyzingdata 0321 Curve Fitting Equations 123 endnonscroll 123 defn inst1001 124 crossref LINFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 124 defn inst1002 125 defn ArtifactDefinition 125 crossref LADFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 125 defn inst1003 125 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 125 defn inst1004 125 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 125 defn inst1005 126 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 126 defn inst1006 126 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 126 defn inst1007 126 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 126 defn inst1008 127 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 127 defn inst1009 127 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 127 defn inst1010 127 Using Insight 240 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 127 defn inst1011 128 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 128 defn inst1012 128 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 128 defn inst1013 128 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 128 defn inst1014 129 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 129 defn inst1015 129 crossref GAUSSFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 129 defn inst1016 129 crossref CURVEFIT gt SecWin idl hlp 129 nstopic ProcessImageMenuOption a
225. nscroll 110 defn inst70 110 crossref c_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 110 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 110 nstopic DialogForImageCorrelation analyzingdata 0220 Dialog For Image Correlation 111 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 111 endnonscroll 111 defn inst300 111 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 111 nstopic DialogForKendallCorrelation analyzingdata 0230 Dialog For Kendall Correlation 112 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 112 endnonscroll 112 defn inst63 112 crossref r_correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 112 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 112 nstopic DialogForLinearCorrelation analyzingdata 0240 Dialog For Linear Correlation 112 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 112 endnonscroll 112 defn inst64 112 crossref correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 113 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 113 nstopic DialogForLinearCorrelationMatrix analyzingdata 0250 Dialog For Linear Correla tion Matrix 113 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 113 endnonscroll 113 defn inst65 113 crossref correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 113 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 113 nstopic DialogForLinearCovariance analyzingdata 0260 Dialog For Linear Covariance 114 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 114 endnonscroll 114 defn inst310 114 crossref correlate gt SecWin idl hlp 114 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 114 nstopic DialogForLinearCov
226. nsion algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the parameters A B and C are calculated Typical Uses Quadratic curve fitting may be useful if your data set has 2nd order characteristics For moreinformation seeCURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Cubic y A Bx C Dx Description ial i A Cubic curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series ie ie wae vector to the cubic equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the pee parameters A B C and D are calculated a Typical Uses Cubic curve fitting may be useful if your data set shows 3rd order characteristics For moreinformation seeCURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Using Insight Curve Fitting 128 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Quartic y A Bx CeDx Ex Description Quartic A Quartic curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series A Bx Cx Ex vector to the quartic equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the parameters A B C D and E are calculated Typical Uses Quartic curve fitting may be useful if your data set shows 4th order characteristics For moreinformation seeCURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Quintic y a Bx CeDx Ext Px Description jurii A Quintic curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series Perc rary tas vector to the quintic equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linea
227. ntains the total number of elements in the data item Basically the total is the product of all of its dimensions For example the Elements column will contain the number 3600 for a two dimensional array with 60 elements in one dimension and 60 in the other Description This attribute contains the description of the data item If the data was generated in an Analyze dialog this field also lists the options you selected in that dialog Modification Time This attribute contains the date and time of the last modification Source This attribute contains the source of the data The source is one of Data Attributes Overview Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 33 e Project lt filename gt if the data item was copied via the Organizer e File lt filerame gt if the data item was imported into Insight from a file e Insight Command if the data came through an argument to the INSIGHT command e Analysis lt modulename gt if the data item was created by an Analysis module e InsPut if you used thel N SPUT function from the DL command lineto import thedata e Insight Create if you created the item in the Data M anager window e Formulator if you created the item with the Formulator Size This attribute contains the number of bytes in the data Value This displays the value of the selected data Min Thisis the minimum value of the data Max This is the maximum value of t
228. ntative or distributor for details TheIDL documentation set consists of the following volumes Using IDL UsingIDL explains DL from an interactive user s point of view It contains information about the DL environment thestructureof IDL and how to use DL Direct Graphics to analyze your data Building IDL Applications BuildingIDL Applications explains how to use the IDL language to write programs from simple procedures to large complex applications It contains information on the structure of the IDL language programming techniques IDL Direct Graphics and ID L s user interface toolkit IDL Reference Guide The Reference Guide is a two volume set that contains detailed information about all of IDL s non object oriented procedures functions system variables and commands Information on DL s object oriented features and IDL Object Graphics is contained in IDL Objects and O bject Graphics Object Graphics Object Graphics contains information on IDL s object oriented features including a complete discussion of IDL Object Graphics This volume also contains the complete reference to IDL s object class libraries Note Each of theabovebooksincludesacomprehensiveindex that covers all four volumes Using Insight Using Insight this book contains information on IDL Insight the graphical interface to IDL s analysis capabilities Insight allows you to import analyze and visualize data without programming in the DL languag
229. o select a single element or annotation single click on it The element you clicked on will be highlighted To select an element and open its properties dialog double click on the dement e You also can select items in the window by selecting the Visualization M anager option from the Edit menu in the Visualization window The Visualization M anager window opens with alist of the visualization and each of its elements including ones that are hidden which might not be displayed in the window Simply select the name of the desired visualization or element Insight selects the item for you in the Visualization window This option makes it easier to select when there are many elements in the Visualization window Click Edit in the Visualization manager to open the selected element s properties dialog See Visualization M anager on page 68 for details Selecting Visualizations Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations The following topics are covered in this chapter Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu 68 Properties Visualizations 6 73 Sizing Visualizations 72 The Properties Dialogs eeee 74 Moving Visualizations and Elements 72 About Styles eeen 100 Rotating Surfaces 72 67 68 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations This chapter explains how to work with Visualizations in the Visualization window You will learn how to specify Visualization properties m
230. o this dialog See T he Process Image Dialog on page 132 for adiscussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Image 2 Text Field and Browse Button In the Image 2 text field enter a data name or click Browse to select an image to subtract from the first image In the Data Browser select one item and click OK The selected data name appears in the text field Options for Wavelet Transform Description The Wavelet Transform algorithm has several applications particularly as a method of compressing an image down to a Result Spatial Wavelet Domain Transform Domain Figure 6 15 Wavelet Transform smaller size and also as a fast solution in sparse linear algebra systems For more information seeN umerical Recipesin C TheArt of Scientific Computing Second Edition Cambridge U niversity Press Using Insight Image Processing 146 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Typical Uses Use Wavelet Transform to compress an image e g bitmap down to a smaller sized image The Wavelet Transform can also be used for image effects Note that Wavelet Inverse must be applied to view the transformed image Wavelet Transform and Wavelet Inverse are useful only for images whose dimensions are powers of two e g 64 128 256 512 An advanced knowledge of image processing and theI DL languageisrecommended when using the Wavelet Transform Note For moreinformation see WTN in theIDL R
231. oberts Filtered Ir Typical Uses The Roberts filter is useful when viewing the edges and margins of an imageisimportant It can also be used to produce image effects Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Roberts Edge Enhance Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see ROBERT Sin thelDL ReferenceGuideand Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Roberts Edge Enhancement Dialog Thereareno fields unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Options for Rotate Description The Rotate function rotates an image or other 2D array by the specified angle Typical Uses Use the Rotate function to rotate an image or 2D array Algorithm Droplist From the droplist select Rotate Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 143 Note For moreinformation see ROTATE or ROT in theIDL Reference Guide and Image Display Routines in Chapter 13 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Rotate Dialog The following fields are unique to this dialog See The Process mage Dialog on page 132 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the image processing dialogs Degrees Panel From the Degrees Panel select the number of degrees to rotate the imagein the clockwise direction
232. ograms e IDL programs run the same across all supported platforms Unix VM S Microsoft Windows and M acintosh systems with little or no modification This application port ability allows you to easily support a variety of computers e ExistingFORTRAN andC routines can bedynamically linked into IDL to add specialized functionality Alternatively C and FORTRAN programs can call IDL routines as a sub routine library or display engine IDL Documentation IDL s Online Help system gives you access to the complete IDL documentation set in electronic hypertext linked format You can enter the Online Help system by entering at the IDL command prompt or by selecting IDL Help from the Insight Help menu Using Insight About IDL Chapter 1 Overview Research Systems provides a subset of the complete IDL documentation set in printed form along with your copy of the IDL software We do not ship the full printed documentation set because some volumes cover specialized topics which are of limited interest to some of our customers Shipping only the volumes of greatest general interest in printed form allows us to provide the highest quality documentation set possible while minimizing theimpact of our documentation on the environment In addition to being available on line volumes not automatically shipped with new or upgrade orders are available for purchase use the order sheet included with your shipment or consult your sales represe
233. ommand line parameters when starting Insight see INSIGHT on page 189 After you start the application the first thing you ll do isopen anew or existing project If you re creating a new project you ll also have the chance to immediately import data Insight makes these tasks easy by presenting dialogs that allow you to select thefrom alist of available options The first dialog that appears is the Getting Started With Insight dialog This dialog only appears after you start Insight The Getting Started With Insight Dialog Use the Getting Started With Insight dialog shown in Figure 2 1 to open a project right after you start Insight Insight displays project options in the list on the left hand side of the dialog 12 Chapter 2 Getting Started 13 Getting started with Insight Select a project to open or click help for information Projects New Project example ipj example2 ipj example3 ipj Other Project O Don t Show This Dialog Again Cancel Help Figure 2 1 Getting Started With Insight Dialog Note Select the Don t Show This Dialog Again option if you don t want the Getting Started With Insight dialog to appear the next time you start Insight Hint Thefirst time you start Insight you might want to open an example project Example projects contain data listed in the Data M anager window visualizations displayed in the Visualization window and styles Opening
234. on of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Correlation Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 113 Independent 2 Text Field In the Independent 2 Text Field enter a data name or click Browse to open the Data Browser of data from which to choose Lag Text Field In the Lag text field enter the offset as an integer value The lag represents a time difference between elements in a dataset and indicates how far to look behind or ahead in time Options for Image Correlation Description Image Correlation determines the degree of fit between two images which are represented by m x n element data arrays The ei arrays must be 2 dimensional and of the same size in both them Auto Covariance Cross Correlation and n dimensions Correlation is said to exist asthevaluenears 1 0 Cross Corelogram No correlation is said to exist as the value nears 0 0 A value of BEE Image Correlation exactly 1 0 means that oneimageisthenegative photographic of Kendal Correlation Linear Correlation the other Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance jLinear Covariance Matrix Typical Uses Multiple Correlation Use Image Correlation to determine the similarity between two ee pce images Algorithm Droplist From theAlgorithm droplist select mage Correlation Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Note For moreinformation see Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fi
235. on thesurface and not between points which may result in another graphic element being selected Be aware that complex Visualizations may severely tax your system s resources see Instance Drawing Renderer Buttons on page 24 e ee M eae Figure 5 4 Rotating a surface by dragging the mouse 4 different rotations Properties Visualizations Properties are characteristics of a Visualization that determine how it looks A Properties dialog allows you to inspect and modify the unique properties of a Visualization or element selected in the Visualization window Display a properties dialog either by double clicking on the selected element or by selecting lt Graphic gt Properties from the Visualization window Edit menu Thissection describes thedialog controlsthat represent those properties Using Insight Properties Visualizations 74 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations The Properties Dialogs The Properties dialogs provide controls you can use to modify properties of selected elements or Visualizations The controls displayed depend on the Visualization or element selected After you have finished viewing and modifying properties in the dialog you can Click Apply to apply modifications as a trial This option is helpful when you want to see how various changes modify the Visualization in the window before accepting them You can click Apply as many times as you wish The Properties dialog remains ope
236. ons tase e none Your resulting data will not be visualized in the Visualization eel window but if you click OK the data will be stored in the project e new Insight visualizes your data in the next available space in the Visualization window s tiling scheme When you click OK the data will be stored in the project and listed in the Data M anager window More gt gt Button Click this button to view additional options Output Text Field and Browse Button This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button To savethe output data generated by this analysis to a name other than the default name listed in the text field click in the text field and edit or click the Browse button and select a data item Using Insight Image Processing 134 Image Processing Chapter 6 Analyzing Data lt lt Less Button This option appears when you select the dialog s M ore gt gt button Click this button to close the extended section of the dialog that displays additional options for performing the analysis The dialog displaying the basic dialog options remains open If Output Name in Use Choose the appropriate button to determine how duplicate data names will be handled e Display Message Displays a dialog warning message if the Output data name is already in use by another data item Replace D ataltem s Value Replacesthe value of an existing data item of thesamen
237. or sav files Each Plugin consists of one or more IDL callback routines that do some work on your data general routines that perform tasks associated with the Plugln s function if necessary and a registration routine The registration routine is always the last routine in the Plugin s pro file Callback Routines Callback routines perform the work of the Plugin importing or exporting data conditioning data or performing some type of analysis on data Each Plugin has at least one callback routine General Routines General routines perform support functions for the Plugin handling widget events if there is a widget application associated with the Plugin creating widgets etc Registration Routine Every Insight Plugin has a registration routine The registration routine makes Insight aware of your Plugin it reports the type of Plugin and the names of the associated routines along with other pertinent information The registration routine must always be the last routine in the Plugin s pro file Storing Plugins as sav Files When you start Insight in runtime mode by double clicking on the Insight icon in Windows Plugins stored in pro files are not loaded You can however store Plugins in sav files in this case the Plugins will beloaded when Insight startsin runtime mode To store your Plugin as a sav file do the following 1 Exit and restart IDL This clears D L s memory of all compiled routines 2 Compile the P
238. or Droplist From the Title Color droplist select the title text color Name Text Field An annotation is identified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever an annotation needs to be referenced textually for examplein lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter anew name click in the Name text field and edit the name Item Format Allows you to specify a format string minus the parentheses to determine the format of contour legends Blank is the default For more information see Format Codesin Using IDL Note Item Format is used only for contour legends X and Y Location Sliders Use the X Location and Y Location sliders to designate the X and Y location of the legend Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired location Moving the slider to the left and right moves the legend up or down in the Visualization window X Slider left left right right Y Slider left down right up Item Font Droplist From the Item Font droplist select the desired item font for the legend The item corresponds to the text next to they glyph in the legend Item Font Size Slider Use this slider to adjust the size of the font The range is from 9 to 72 points Item Text Color Droplist From the Item Text Color droplist select the desired color for the text Outline Thickness Slider Use this
239. orial ipj fileshould beselected in theG eting Started dialog see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ipj Click OK to open thetutorial project Notice that the visualization window opensin thesameplace you left it when you saved thetutorial file Remember wedidn t savethe results of Tutorial 5 Exercise 2 Visualize a Line Plot Let s visualize a line Select Line Plot from the Visualize menu In the dialog select the Y box of the Noisy Damped Sine 180 data item and click OK Insight displays a visualization of the data in the Visualization window Exercise 3 Perform a Curve Fitting Analysis Now let s find a curve moda that fits the N oisy Damped Sine 180 data 1 Select the plot linein by clicking once on it Note Doubleclicking on theline will bring up its properties dialog 2 Select Fit Curves from the Analyze menu 3 IntheFit Curvesdialog you will noticethat thenameof the data N oisy Damped Sine 180 already appears in the Dependent text field so there s no need to browse to select data Note fyouhad visualized datawith an independent X aswell asthedependent Y vector then the Specify Independent checkbox would have automatically been checked and the Independent text field would have been filled in Note If you your data requires an independent X vector i e theindependent datais not alinear ramp starting at zero then besureto both
240. orm image data An image consists of a two dimensional array of pixels Insight does not currently support image processing optionsfor true color images The value of each pixel represents the intensity and or color of that position in the scene Images of this form are known as sampled or raster images because they consist of a discrete grid of samples Such images come from many sources and area common form of representing scientific and medical data Filters A filter or image processing algorithm is simply a way of looking for specific information contained in an image A good example of a filter in everyday life is tinted lenses or sunglasses Different types of lenses filter light in different ways Insight currently incorporates several filters for image processing Lee Roberts Edge Enhance Thin and Sobel In addition to these filters tools such as image color enhancement color tables image rotation and frequency domain analysis are available to the user Note that some of these tools e g Fourier and Wavelet Transforms require an advanced knowledge of image processing The Process Image Dialog When you select the Process mages option from the Analyze menu the Process mages dialog opens The Process mages dialog allows you to select an image processing algorithm specify an image to display and process and generate output data Select an image processing algorithm by selecting from the Algorithm droplis
241. otice the changes in the Visualization window Now select the contour visualization and drag it to the left until the axes of the contour visualization match the edges of the image Select Exit from theFilemenu If you haven t saved the project filesinceyour last change Insight will prompt you to do so Click Yes to save the project Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Tutorial 4 Visualizing a Surface This tutorial walks you through steps for visualizing a surface in the Visualization window and modifying its properties What You ll Learn In this tutorial you ll learn how to e Visualize a surface e Modify surface properties e Rotatea surface Exercise 1 Open the Tutorial Project 1 Ifyou have not already done so follow the steps in Tutorial 1 Starting Insight and Opening a Project on page 165 to generate tutorial ipj 2 Start Insight See Start Insight and Open aProject on page 165 if you areunsureabout howto do this Thetutorial ipj fileshould beselected in the Getting Started dialog Click OK to open the tutorial project see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ip 3 Noticethat the visualization window opensin the same place you left it when you saved the tutorial file Exercise 2 Visualize a Surface Let s visualize a surface Select Surface from the Visualize menu In thedialog select the Z box next to Domed Surface and click
242. ou re unsurehow to do this The tutorial ipj file should be selected in the Getting Started dialog see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ipj Click OK to open the tutorial project Notice that the visualization window opens in the same place you left it when you saved the tutorial file 3 IftheDataM anager isnot already open select Data M anager from the Filemenu in the Visualization window The Data M anager window opens Exercise 2 Create Data in the Data Manager 1 Let screatesomearray data Select Create Data from the Edit menu then select Array The Create Array Data dialog opens 2 Doubleclick in the Name text field and enter M yArray1 From the Type droplist select Float as the type of array 4 Inthefirst Dimensions text field enter 20 In thesecond Dimensions text field enter 60 These values specify the size of each array dimension 5 Select Indexed initialization type The elements of the created array will be set equal to their one dimensional index numbers the first element will be zero the second will be one etc 6 Click OK Insight creates the 20 x 60 element array and adds it to the Data M anager Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 181 Exercise 3 View Data in the Data Manager Let s view the data in the Data M anager We could scroll until we find M yArray1 which is listed
243. out changing the total number of elements Only the dimensions of the array are changed the actual data remains unmodified Select the M yArray1 data item by clicking its row Select Reformat from the Condition menu The Reformat dialog opens The dialog displays the name of the M yArray1 data item and the size of each dimension 20 for dimension one and 60 for dimension two Click in the first Dimensions text field and edit Enter a new dimension of 40 Click in the second field and enter 30 Click OK The resulting array has the same number of elements 1200 as the original but is reorganized into a 40 x 30 element array Exercise 5 View and Modify Attributes of Data 1 Let s view the data attributes Select the M yArray1 data item in the Data M anager window by clicking it Select Attributes from the Edit menu The Data Attributes Dialog opens TheArray Attributes dialog information for M yArray1 should besimilar to thefollowing details are platform specific Name MyArray1 Classification 2D Array Type Float Dimensions 40 30 Using Insight 182 Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials Note Notice that the dimensions reflect the change you made when you reformatted the data Elements 1200 This is the product of MyArray1 s dimensions Size bytes 4800 Min Max 0 000000 1199 00 Note Thesearethe minimum and maximum values of the data The first number is t
244. ove and size Visualizations rotate surfaces annotate Visualizations and use the Edit menu for such tasks as opening the Visualization M anager window and applying and saving styles Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu The Edit menu provides options for changing the appearance Ee an of Visualizations applying and saving styles and opening the Fete thew Visualization M anager window Cony ap Undo Ria z Select this option to reverse the previous action You have the Rri option to undo an action until your next action PEREA Redo Diganger Select this option to reverse the previous Undo action You can select this option after selecting the Undo option Copy Select this option to copy a Visualization to the system clipboard The Visualization will then be available as a pasted bitmap for other applications Delete Select this option to renovea selected item Visualization or element N otethat the axes cannot be deleted Visualization M anager Select this option to open the Visualization M anager which lists each Visualization element displayed in the window Using the Visualization M anager you easily can select and edit or delete elements or entire Visualizations Each Visualization name is followed by a list of its aements Visualization names are listed in the order they are displayed in the window When you select an item in the Visualization manager it becomes the top item displayed that is itis drawn i
245. p 228 bitmaps bmc inst55 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst56 bmp 228 bitmaps 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 og Formulator 227 Line Plot Dialog 227 example line plot 227 Scatter Plot Dialog 227 example scatter plot 227 Histogram Plot Dialog 227 example Histogram Plot 227 Polar Plot Dialog 227 example Polar Plot 227 Contour dialog 227 example contour 227 Image Dialog 227 example image 227 Surface Dialog 227 example surface 228 example tiling scheme 3 x 3 228 Other rows by columns Dialog 228 Visualization Manager 228 Insert Plot 228 Create Graph Style 228 General Properties Dialog 228 Line Plot Properties Dialog 228 Scatter Plot Properties Dialog 228 Histogram Plot Properties Dialog 228 Polar Plot Properties Dialog 228 Contour Properties Dialog 228 Surface Properties Dialog 228 245 246 topic inst58 topic inst59 topic inst60 topic inst6l topic inst62 topic inst63 topic inst64 topic inst65 topic inst66 topic inst67 topic inst68 topic inst69 topic inst70 topic inst71l topic inst72 topic inst73 topic inst74 topic inst75 topic inst76 topic inst77 topic inst78 topic inst79 topic inst80 topic inst81l topic inst82 topic inst83 bmc inst57 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst58 bmp 228 bitmaps bmc inst59 bmp 229 bitmaps bm
246. peration For example data of type Areaan Image are not available when creating a line plot Note You can also accessthevisualizemenu options lineplot scatter plot histogram plot polar plot contour image and surface from the toolbar Figure 4 3 Toolbar Selections line plot scatter pl histogram plot polar plot contour image and surfac The Visualize M enu Using Insight Chapter 4 Visualizing Data 53 LE fe of is Vips Eigg HSS ai Dees AFE alba 2 rapie mage p apr rapie 2 py al Line Plot Ea Select one or more from the Y column Optionally select one x TT Sine 360 M Noisy Damped Sine 180 TT Cosine 360 Line Plot Style Basic Plot Cancel Help Figure 4 4 Line Plot and Line Plot Dialog Line Plots EEN o Select Line Plot to open a Line Plot dialog from which you can re oan select data and options for drawing a line plot in the Visualization Hixicgram Pai window A line plot isa plot of data points with straight line segments Selig connecting them rage The Line Plot Dialog A se Selecting the Line Plot option from the Visualize menu opens the Line Plot dialog 1 Select one or more vectors by checking the box in the Y column to the left of one or more data items in the data selection list If you select only the Y column for a data item Insight will label the Visualization s Y axis with data values the dependent data and label th
247. perties Dialog has the same fields as the Line Plot Properties dialog described in Properties Dialog for Plot Lines of a Line Plot Visualization on page 75 The Line Type and Thickness options are not available for Scatter plots The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 79 Prin ie deere Lime Taj hia GE Figure 5 8 Properties Dialog for a Histogram Plot Properties Dialog for Histogram Plots When you select a histogram plot in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowing you to modify properties of the histogram plot This section describes the dialog controls and how to use them Fields in the Histogram Plot Properties Dialog The Histogram Plot Properties Dialog has the same fields as the Line Plot Properties dialog described in Properties Dialog for Plot Lines of aLinePlot Visualization on page 75 The Symbol and Symbol Size options are not available for Histogram plots Using Insight The Properties Dialogs 80 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations mt Sim 30 Flak Line 1 Dn i 1 RIDES Miniman value Makin wale 1 Points to Qwenage Red a O Hidden Line Type l Suid oO l a Thickmess syma kong 1 Suimnttsl Size Figure 5 9 Properties Dialog for a Polar Plot Properties Dialog for Polar Plots When you select a polar plot in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Prope
248. play techniques Programming in IDL is atime saving alternative to programming in FORTRAN C or C using IDL tasks which require days or weeks of programming with traditional languages can be accomplished in hours You can explore data interactively using IDL commands and then create complete applications by writing IDL programs Advantages of IDL include e IDLisacomplete structured language that can be used interactively to create sophisti cated functions procedures objects and applications e Operators and functions work on entire arrays without using loops simplifying inter active analysis and reducing programming time e Immediate compilation and execution of IDL commands provides instant feedback and hands on interaction e Rapid 2D plotting multi dimensional plotting volume visualization image display and animation allow you to observe the results of your computations immediately e Support for OpenGL based hardware accelerated graphics e Many numerical and statistical analysis routines including Numerical Recipes rou tines are provided for analysis and simulation of data e IDL s flexible input output facilities allow you to read any type of custom data format Support is also provided for common image standards including BM P GIF JPEG and XWD and scientific data formats CDF HDF and NetCDF e IDL widgets can beused to quickly create multi platform graphical user interfacesto your IDL pr
249. plot line in the window is now dashed and green Since you clicked Apply these changes are only temporary 3 Make more changes Adjust the Thickness slider to 3 Let s change the color again From the Color droplist select Blue This time make the changes permanent by clicking OK The Properties dialog closes and the plot line s properties have been changed to a blue dashed line style with a thickness of 3 4 Now modify the color of the X and Y axes Double click on the Y axis A Properties dialogopens From the Color droplist select Red and click OK Double click on the X axis A Propertiesdialogopens From the Color droplist select Red and click OK The axes in the Visualization window and their labels are now red Exercise 4 Save a Visualization Style 1 Let ssavethe look of thisvisualization asa style Select Save Style from the Edit menu The Save Visualization Style dialog opens Enter M yStylel in the Name field and click OK 2 Makesureyou savethisand all changes to the project by selecting Save Project from the File menu Exercise 5 Inserting a Plot Line 1 Let sinsert another lineinto this plot Select Insert Plot from the Edit menu Select the Y column of the Sine 360 data item Notethat the Insert Into droplistisset to X Axis Y Axis Click OK Notice how the X axis res
250. ponential trigonometric log and Gaussian Matching Data to the Curve Fitting Equation Asa general rule data should be fitted to a curve that has the characteristics of the data For example if a plot of the data seems to indicate a straight line then linear curve ndin ng would be appropriate If a plot of the data shows higher order characteristics i e x2 x x4 or x terms you can try quadratic cubic quartic or quintic curvefitting If the data has exponential trigonometric Gaussian and or other characteristics you can try the appropriate modd Chi Square error and Relative Maximum Deviation Along with the equation parameters A B C etc the curve fitting analysis will return two numbers the Chi Square error and Relative M aximum Deviation The Chi Square error is a statistical measurement of the error between theactual data points and the data Curve Fitting Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 121 pointscalculated using the equation The RelativeM aximum Deviation isa measurement of the largest deviation of the data from the equation i bobt Lissu Epson Bh Passeu DIOEN 1 Ree Oh SpE TEG Rel Mere Deaden DTS a Figure 6 5 Example of Curve f Results Parameters A and B Chi Error Relative Maximum Deviat The best way to determine how well a model fits the data is to first check the Chi Square Error The smaller the Chi Square Error i e the closer it is to zero the better the fit of t
251. pressed in data units Top Color Droplist From the Top Color droplist select a color for the upper side of the surface This isthe only color used if the surface type is not Solid Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the selected element from view Note To makea hidden graphic element visible Select the Visualization M anager option from theEdit menu The Visualization M anager Window appears listing all elements of all Visualizations Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option Type of Surface Droplist From the SurfaceType droplist select the desired stylefor displaying the visible surface Optionsinclude Point Mesh wire Ruled XZ Ruled YZ Lego wire and Lego solid Lego wire and Lego solid produce stacked histogram style plots Each data value is rendered as a box covering the XY extent of the cell and with a height proportional to the Z value Bottom Color Droplist From the Bottom Color droplist select a color for the underside of the surface This option is only available for solid surfaces Shading Options Select Flat or Gouraud to specify the shading style of Solid or Lego solid type surfaces Gouraud shading interpolates intensities from each vertex along each edge of a surface While it is slower Gouraud shading usually results in a smoother appearance Show Hidden Lines Checkbox Select the
252. ption 19 endnonscroll 19 nstopic ImportFileMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0230 Import File Menu Option 19 endnonscroll 19 nstopic ImportFileAsMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0240 Import File As Menu Option 20 endnonscroll 20 nstopic ImportIDLVarMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0250 Import IDL Variable Menu Op tion 20 endnonscroll 20 defn inst18 20 nstopic PrintMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0260 Print Menu Option 20 endnonscroll 20 nstopic PageSetUpMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0270 Page Set Up Menu Option 20 endnonscroll 20 nstopic DataManagerMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0280 Data Manager Menu Option 20 endnonscroll 20 nstopic PreferencesMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0290 Preferences Menu Option 20 endnonscroll 20 defn inst11 20 nstopic ExitMenuOption gettingstartedwithin 0350 Exit Menu Option 20 endnonscroll 20 nstopic OtherWindows gettingstartedwithin 0390 Other Visualization Window Menus 21 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 21 endnonscroll 21 nstopic SettingPreferencesSection gettingstartedwithin 0400 Setting Preferences Dialogs 21 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_gettingstartedwithin 21 endnonscroll 21 nstopic PreferencesDialogGeneral gettingstartedwithin 0410 Preferences Dialog for Cus tomizing General Features 21 endnonscroll 21 defn instll 21 nstopic PreferencesDialogClipboard gettingstartedwithin 0412 Preferences Dialog for Cus tomizing Clipboard
253. r Export File As from an Insight menu and exports a file using a File Plugin the Plugin s Write procedureinvokesthe INSGET procedureto retrieve data from Insight and then writes the file A Write procedure must be structured as follows Using Insight File Plugins 208 Chapter 9 Extending Insight Procedure Name By convention write procedures are named wRITEp1ugin where plugin is the name of the File Plugin the write procedure belongs to For example if the name of your file Plugin is M yPPM then the name of the read procedure would be wRITEMyPPM Arguments to the Write Procedure Write procedures should accept two arguments the name of the fileto be written and the name of the data item to write to afile Keywords to the Write Procedure Write procedures should accept the following keywords _EXTRA Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a structure of information provided by Insight You will pass this information back to Insight by specifying the _EXTRA keyword in your Plugin s call to INSGET You must specify this keyword when creating your Write procedure GROUP Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the widget ID of the widget base over which Insight will center any dialogs associated with this routine Pass this variable to the INSPUT routine via its GROUP keyword TAIL Set this keyword equal to the base filename that is the filenameand extension without
254. r MoveDown buttonsto adjust the draw order in the window The draw order isin ascending order from top to bottom You may leavethe Visualization M anager window open during your Insight session Click Close to close the window lt Graphic gt Properties Select this option to open a Properties dialog for the currently selected graphic You can also open this dialog by double clicking on a Visualization or element See Properties Visualizations on page 73 Note that the term inside the brackets lt Graphic gt will depend on what is selected in your Visualization Insert Plot Select this option to open an Insert Plot dialog which allows you to select one or more data items to insert into aline scatter histogram or polar plot Before selecting this Using Insight Editing Visualizations The Edit Menu 70 Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations option you must first select the Visualization or element of a Visualization in the Visualization window into which you d like to insert an additional plot element ec Meee PHA o o Bobet on ar mare trem the Y calum Optionally miet one X a Y naa _j Sine m _ _ Dimpad Sine 20 _ faneed Sine 100 Soilny Denga Sine ii i _ _ Cusine 260 Bmp Jan Pim Typi Lina is Inserting H Ai FY Aia Figure 5 2 Insert Plot Dialog Using the Insert Plot dialog 1 Select data by selecting the Y box to its left 2 Sel
255. r Tick Length Slider Use this slider to designate the length of the major tick marks Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length 0 100 of Visualization dimensions Minor Tick Length Slider Use this slider to designate the length of the minor tick marks as a percent of the major tick marks Adjust theslider value by clickingin its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length 0 100 of major tick marks Show Axis Option Select this option to show the axis of the colorbar Show Outline Option Selection this option to show the outline of the colorbar Outline Thickness Slider Use this slider to set the thickness of the colorbar outline Numbers range from 1 to 10 pixels Axis Thickness Slider Usethis slider to set the thickness of the colorbar axis Numbers rangefrom 1 to 10 pixels Outline Color Droplist From the Color droplist select a color for the colorbar outline axis Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the colorbar from view The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 93 Note To makeahidden annotation visible Select the Visualization M anager option from the Edit menu The Visualization M anager Window appearslisting all Visualizations annotations and elements Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option Tick Font Droplist From the Tick Font drop
256. r greater than three and less than the number of Brae elements in the array ia Es Oe Edge Truncate Checkbox Select the Edge Truncate option to apply the smoothing function to all points Edge Truncate determines what to do with the end points of the data If the neighborhood around a point includes a point outside the array the nearest edge point is used to compute the smoothed result If you do not set Edge Truncate end points are copied from the original array to the result with no smoothing Visualization Droplist From the Visualization droplist select one of three ways to visualize the fitted data in the Visualization window e none Your resulting data will not be visualized in the Visualization window but if you click OK the data will be stored and listed as an item in the Data M anager e insert Insight inserts the visualization element of the resulting data into the visualization selected in the Visualization window When you click OK thedata will be stored in the project s Data M anager e new Insight visualizes your data in the next available spacein the window s tiling scheme When you click OK the data will be stored in the project s Data M anager Into Droplist Use these menu options to select the axes used e New Axis Use new X and Y axes e Other Insert plot into the pair of axes listed Using Insight Smoothing 150 Smoothing Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Plot Type
257. r least squares fit the parameters A B C D E and F are calculated Typical Uses Quintic curve fitting may be useful if your data set shows 5th order characteristics For moreinformation seeCURVEFIT in theIDL Reference Guide Exponential y A BC Description E l A A xponential An Exponential curve fit attempts to fit an n element data A BC series vector to the exponential equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to computea non linear least squares fit the parameters A B and C are calculated Typical Uses Use exponential curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of an exponential curve For moreinformation see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Curve Fitting Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Logsquare y A Blog x Cfog x Description A Logsquare curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the logsquare equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the parameters A B and C are calculated Typical Uses Use logsquare curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of a logsquare function For moreinformation see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Hyperbolic y 1 A Bx Description A Hyperbolic curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the hyperbolic equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the parameters A and B are calculated
258. racteristics of a visualization that determine how it looks Insight provides many ways to customize visualizations Select the Properties option of the Edit menu to open a Properties dialog that allows you to inspect and modify the unique properties of a selected visualization or element Examples of visualization properties are X and Y locations and background color Examples of element properties are line type line color and symbol A Data Browser contains a scrolling list of data items from which to choose Select an item by clicking the box to its left or follow specific selection instructions in the dialog or documentation When you are finished click OK Image Processing Image processing uses various methods to filter and transform image data An image consists of a two dimensional array of pixels The value of each pixel represents the intensity and or color of that position in the scene I mages of this form are known as sampled or raster images because they consist of a discrete grid of samples Such images come from many sources and area common form of representing scientific and medical data Smoothing softens edges or compensates for random noise You can smooth data of any number of dimensions with a boxcar average of a specified width For more detail see SMOOTH in theIDL Reference Guide Use curve fitting analysis to find an analytic representation or M odel which represents data compactly Typically your data
259. radient expansion A Bet algorithm to compute a non linear least squares fit the parameters A B and C are calculated Typical Uses Use geometric curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of a geometric curve For moreinformation see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Trigonometric Summation y A Bsin Cx Dcos Ex Description A Bsin te Dooses A Trigonometric Summation curve fit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the trigonometric summation equation using a gradient expansion algorithm to computea non linear least squares fit the parameters A B C D and E are calculated Typical Uses Use trigonometric summation curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of a trigonometric summation curve For more information see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Curve Fitting Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Trigonometric Product y A Bsin Cx cos Dx Description A Trigonometric Product curvefit attempts to fit an n element data series vector to the trigonometric product equation using agradient expansion algorithm to compute anon linear least squares fit the parameters A B C D and E are calculated Typical Uses Use trigonometric product curve fitting when your data has the characteristics of atrigonometric product curve For more information see CURVEFIT in the IDL Reference Guide Quadratic Gaussian y A Bx Cx2 De z2wH te z x E F Description
260. rence between elements in a dataset and indicates how far to look behind or ahead in time Options for Cross Correlation Correlation Description Cross Correlation computes the degree of fit to a linear model between two n element data series X and Y as a function of lag Lag isan integer value and must bein the range of n n where n isthe number of eementsin the data series A lag of 0 will produce a standard linear cross correlation See Linear Cross Correlation below Typical Uses Cross Correlation can be used to determine the degree of fit between two data sets X and Y As with auto correlation correlation is said to exist between the data sets as the correlation value nears 1 0 A negative correlation is said to exist as the value nears 1 0 No correlation is said to exist as the value nears 0 0 Algorithm Droplist Cross Correlation Auto Correlation Auto Correlogram Auto Covariance Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Cross Covariance Image Correlation Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Linear Correlation Matrix Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Multiple Correlation Partial Correlation Spearman Correlation From theAlgorithm droplist select Cross Correlation Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 111 Note For moreinformation seeC_CORRELATE in theIDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of U
261. ributes 40 Scatter Plots 54 Sharing Data Among Projects 15 size attribute 33 Smoothing 147 definition 147 Dialog 148 IndexO S Index 222 Sobel Edge Enhance 143 sorting 43 46 source attribute 32 starting Insight 12 189 statistics 41 Styles about 100 Visualization 100 Subtract 145 Summary Dialog Correlation Analysis 106 Fit Curves Analysis 123 Surfaces 60 T telephone and fax numbers for RSI 10 Template creating for new projects 19 Thin 144 TITLE keyword 192 Toolbar 51 Transpose 47 144 Tutorials Analysing Data and Annotating 174 Importing ASCII Data 184 introduction 163 Opening a Project and Creating a Template 165 Visualizations Styles and Printing 167 Visualizing a Contour 170 Visualizing a Surface 172 Working in the Data M anager Window 180 type attribute 32 TYPE keyword 202 U Undo 37 68 V View Menu Data M anager 42 View M enu Visualization window 63 64 Visualization Definition 50 Menu Bar 52 Toolbar 51 Window 50 Visualization Manager 68 Visualization Window Analysis Tool 104 Index T Y Index AnalyzeMenu 104 Editing 68 View Menu 63 VisualizeMenu 52 Visualizations Annotations 100 Editing 68 moving 72 Properties 73 rotating surfaces of 72 selecting 66 sizing 72 VisualizeMenu 52 Annotation 61 Contour Plot 58 Histogram Plot 55 Image 59 LinePlot 53 Polar Plot 56 Scatter Plot 54 Surface 60 W Wavelet Inverse 146 Wavelet Transform 145 Windows Data M anager 30 V
262. rks between major tick marks Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length Major Ticks Slider Use this slider to designate the number of major tick marks along the axis Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length Default Checkboxes Resets the M inor M ajor Ticks to default values Tick Length Slider Use the Tick Length slider to designate the length of the tick marks along the axis Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired length 0 100 of Visualization Color Droplist From the Color droplist select a color for the axis Thickness Slider Use this slider to designate the thickness of the axis Adjust the slider value by clickingin its bar or dragging its knob to the desired thickness The number is displayed above the slider Numbers range from 1 to 10 pixels Line Type Droplist From the Line Type droplist select a line type for the tick marks Options are solid dotted dashed dash dot dash dot dot and long dashes Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the selected element from view Note To makea hidden graphic element visible Select the Visualization M anager option from theEdit menu The Visualization M anager Window appears listing all elements of all Visualizations Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the H
263. roject to open afileselection dialog that displays alist of existing Insight projects designated by the ipj extension Selecta projectin thisdialog and click OK Close Project Menu Option Select Close Project to close the current Insight project if you have more than one project open You will be prompted to save any changes to the file All data imported into a project will remain associated with a saved project Thenext time you open the project it will appear as it did when you closed it For example if both the Visualization window and the Data M anager window are open when you saved and closed the next time you open the project both windows will be opened Note If you have only one project open this option is not available Use the Exit menu option instead Save Project Menu Option Select Save Project to save anew project or save changes to an existing project e When you are saving changes to an existing project selecting the Save option simply saves the changes e When you aresavinganew project selecting the Save option opensafileselection dialog that allows you to nametheproject and select a directory in which thenew project should be saved Project files should be saved with an ipj file extension Save Project As Menu Option Select Save Project As to open a file selection dialog that allows you to name or rename the project and select a directory in which the project sho
264. rols For example by selecting a level listed in the table and clicking Add Insight adds the duplicate contour to the table list Add Button After selecting alevel in the Properties table click Add to duplicate the selected level Insight adds the duplicate contour level properties to the table list Remove Button After selecting a level in the Properties table click Remove to remove a selection in the Properties table Insight removes the level from the table list Color Droplist After selecting a level in the Properties table select a color from the Color droplist Thickness Slider After selecting a level in the Properties table usethis slider to designate the thickness of the level Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired thickness The range is 1 to 10 pixels The thickness is displayed above the slider Line Type Droplist After selecting a level in the Properties table select a line type from the Line Type droplist Options are solid dotted dashed dash dot dash dot dot and long dashes The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 83 amp Properties Lx Name Asteroid Data Image Color T able GRNAWHT EXPONENTIAL GREEN PINK Display Order BottomUp Top Down Image Size C Natural Aspect Ratio Unrestricted IV Inhibit Byte Scaling 7 Hidden Apply Cancel
265. rties dialog allowing you to modify properties of the polar plot This section describes the dialog controls and how to use them Fields in the Polar Plot Properties Dialog The Polar Plot Properties Dialog has the same fields as the Line Plot Properties dialog described in Properties Dialog for Plot Lines of a Line Plot Visualization on page 75 The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 81 SY Properties T Hidden Number of Levels 5 V Default M Fill P Downhill Minimum Value 0 000000 Maximum Y alue 399 000 aiz Hj E Properties Color Thickness ne Sue 1 Solid 1 Color Black KE S Line Type Solid Thickness Apply Cancel Help Figure 5 10 Properties Dialog for Contours Properties Dialog for Contours When you select a contour in the Visualization window dialog controls appear in the Properties dialog allowing you to modify properties of contours This section describes the dialog controls and how to use them Name Text Field A contour isidentified by its name Insight refers to the name whenever a contour needs to be referenced textually for examplein lists or for processing error messages A name is required and must be unique within the Insight application To enter a new name click in the Name text field and edit the name Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the selected element from view Note To makea hidden graphic
266. rves as group leader for any dialogs generated by the IN SVIS operation MODE Set this keyword equal to astring specifying the visualization mode Valid string values are new create a new visualization insert insert into the currently selected visualization or none do not visualize IN SVIS simply returns The default mode is new Note Insert modeis only available when the TYPE keyword is set equal to plot TYPE Set this keyword equal to astring specifying the visualization type Valid string values are plot scatter histogram polar image contour and surface The default type is plot Note Visualizationsof type plot scatter and histogram may be inserted into each other those of type polar may be only be inserted into other polar visualizations XRANGE Set this keyword to a two element vector specifying the minimum and maximum X values when the MODE keyword is not set equal to insert and the TYPE keyword is set equal to plot scatter histogram or polar If XRANGE is not specified Insight uses the minimum and maximum X values of the data item YRANGE Set this keyword to a two element vector specifying the minimum and maximum Y values when the MODE keyword is not set equal to insert and the TYPE keyword is set equal to plot scatter histogram or polar If YRANGE is no
267. s Namel A string containing the name of the data item usually the dependent Y data For polar plots thisis the radius data Name2 A string containing the name of an optional data item usually the independent X data For polar plots this is the angle data This argument is not valid for image visualizations Name3 A string containing the name of an optional data item to visualize usually the independent Y data This argument is only valid for contour and surface visualizations Keywords CIDS You must specify this keyword Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the command IDs Command IDs makeit possible for Insight to undo an analysis function removing data and visualizations that were created by an Analysis Plugin See Apply Function Callback on page 213 for more on command IDs and their use _EXTRA You must specify this keyword Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will be used by Insight to pass information between an Analysis Plugin and Insight itself When Insight invokes an Analysis Plugln s apply function callback it passes a structure of information in through the callback s EXTRA keyword Pass that structure back to Insight via IN SPUT s _EXTRA keyword See Analysis Plugins on page 212 for details Using Insight INSVIS 202 Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface GROUP Set this keyword equal to the widget ID of an existing widget that se
268. s chapter Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials on page 163 provides broad examples guiding you through common Insight operations You ll learn how to visualize data modify properties and perform several types of data analysis Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface on page 187 describes the Insight routines you can use to invoke and interact with Insight from the DL command line or from within a Plugin You should have a working knowledge of IDL to use these routines Chapter 9 Extending Insight on page 203 describes how you can add functionality to Insight by creating Plugins Detailed knowledge of Insight s underlying code architecture is not required to build a Plugin however Plugin authors must have a working knowledge of IDL and follow the Insight Plugin development guidelines Typographical Conventions The following typographical conventions are used throughout the IDL documentation set UPPER CASE IDL functions procedures and keywords are displayed in UPPER CASE type For exam ple the calling sequence for an IDL procedure looks like this CONTOUR Z X Y e Mixed Case IDL object class and method names are displayed in Mixed Case type For example the calling sequence to create an object and call a method looks like this object OBJ _N EW IDLgrPlot object gt GetProperty ALL properties Italic type Argumentsto IDL procedures and functions data or variables you must provide are displa
269. s option from the View menu Insight displays data items from left to right and from bottom row to top row An image is often understood as a picture but actually any two dimensional data item can bedisplayed asan image A two dimensional array is interpreted as an array of pixels in which the value of each pixel represents the intensity and or color of that element A Plugin isa routine written in the IDL language Plugins must follow Insight s Plugin conventions as described in Chapter 9 Plugins extend the built in functionality provided by Insight The three types of Insight Plugins are File Conditioning and Analysis File Plugins read and write custom data file formats into and from Insight Conditioning Plugins perform mathematical operations on Insight data selected in the Data M anager window Analysis Plugins can perform potentially complex mathematical operations involving oneor more Insight data items Using Insight API routines you can extend Insight from the command line or from within a Plugin Insight s API Procedures areIN SIGHT INSPUT INSGET and INSVIS Displays results immediately after Insight has completed all Fit Curve analyses and some Correlation analyses The Visualization M anager lists each visualization in thewindow Using the Visualization M anager you easily can select and edit or delete elements or entire visualizations Each visualization name is followed by a list of its elements If you select
270. s the default format for displaying data values textually See format codes in Using DL for more information 5 To modify a description click in the Description text field and edit 6 When you are finished click OK Data attributes are changed and the dialog closes Statistics Menu Option Select Statistics to open a Statistics dialog which displays the following information about the selected data Minimum the minimum value Maximum the maximum value M ean the average value of a set of values M ean Absolute Deviation the sum of the absolute distance of each sample element from the population or set of values mean M edian the valuein an ordered set of values below and above which thereis an equal number of values or which is the arithmetic mean of the two middle values if there is no one middle number Variance the square of the standard deviation Standard Deviation the root mean square of the deviations distances from the population mean Using Insight Editing and Creating Data 42 Chapter 3 Working With Data Skewness lack of symmetry Kurtosis The peakedness or flatness of the graph of a frequency distribution especially with respect to the concentration of values near the mean as compared with the normal distribution Value Menu Option The Scalar Value Dialog If you have selected scalar data the Scalar Value dialog opens When you are finished click Close The Array Va
271. s index Table 6 3 Formulator Array Menu Functions Conversion Menu The Conversion menu provides access to functions used to convert data values from one coordinate system or data type to another Using Insight The Formulator 158 Chapter 6 Analyzing Data Degrees gt Radians Converts degrees to radians Radians gt Degrees Converts radians to degrees Abs X Absolute value non negative value Byte X Converts to byte Bytscl X Scales X such that the range is 0 to 255 Cail X Returns the closest integer greater than or equal to X Double X Converts to double precision Fix X Converts to integer Float X Converts to single precision floating point Floor X Returns the closest integer less than or equal to X Long X Converts to long integer Round X Rounds to the closest integer String X Returns X converted to string type Com plex X Returns scalars or arrays in the form real complex with all complex values set to 0 Dcomplex X Returns double complex scalars or arrays in the form real complex with all complex values set to 0 Conj X Computes the complex conjugate of X Imaginary X Returns the imaginary value of X Table 6 4 Formulator Conversion Menu Functions Statistics Menu The Statistics menu provides access to commonly used statistical functions Kurtosis X Calculates peakedness or
272. s present this dialog will open to let you choose which data items to output e All Select all data items e None Deselect all data items See Also INSPUT Using Insight INSGET 194 INSPUT Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface UsetheINSPUT procedureto import IDL variables into Insight from the DL command line or from within a File or Analysis Plugin If no arguments are specified the Import IDL Variables dialog appears allowing you to choosefrom alist of existing variables Note that you can import IDL pointers which allows you to modify data as it exists within Insight Calling Sequence INSPUT Structure or INSPUT Varl Varn Arguments Structure An IDL structure variable containing data to import into Insight The structure may not contain objects arrays of pointers or substructures The structure tag names will be used as the corresponding Insight data names Varl am Oneor more IDL non structure variables to import into Insight The variables cannot be objects arrays of pointers or structures The variable names will be used as the corresponding Insight data names Keywords INSPUT CIDS Use this keyword when writing Analysis Plugins Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the command IDs for Analysis Plugins Use this keyword if and only if calling IN SPUT from within an Analysis Plugin Command IDs makeit possible for Insight to undo an analysis f
273. samedirectory as the insight22 ip 4 template file Note Preference files for Insight Version 1 0 were named insight prf Old preference files existing in home directories will remain untouched to permit uninterrupted use of previous versions of Insight Preferences Dialog General Select the General Customization option from the Category droplist to specify general preferences The General Customization options shown in Figure 2 4 appear Show Startup Dialogs From the Show Startup Dialogs panel select dialogs you want to see every time you start Insight For example if you want theGetting Started dialog to appear every time you start Insight select the Getting Started option Note If you specify a project filename via the PROJECT_FILE keyword when you start Insight the Getting Started dialog will not be displayed even if you have set the preference to show it Other Visualization Window Menus Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 23 al Preferences Ei Category General Customization Show Startup Dialogs Startup Color Mode P Getting Stated V Import Selection True Color Indexed Color 256 Print Scaling Options aj gt j Filpage Aspectratio None Reserved Indexed Colors Selection Visual Options Interactive Drag Speed 4 High Medium Low wj Thickness V Hide static views I Bring To Front Instance Drawing ieie Solid Defaut Off C On Color Cyan Re
274. se cosine is X Atan X Arc Tangent returns the angle in radians whose tangent is X Sinh X Hyperbolic Sine Cosh X Hyperbolic Cosine Tanh X Hyperbolic Tangent Alog X Natural logarithm Base e Alogl0 X Logarithm Base 10 Exp X Natural exponential e Table 6 6 Formulator Transcendental Menu Functions Using Insight 159 ants Asin fel Arra p al sinh Fa Cosh Tord fe Alogi p Abr p ip The Formulator 160 Other Menu The Other menu provides access to a selection of other generally Chapter 6 Analyzing Data useful functions X Provides an insertion point for X X Multiplies by 1 1X Computes the inverse of X X 2 Computes the square of X X X 3 Computes the cube of X X3 Factorial X Computes the factorial X of X Finite X Returns a value of 1 if the argument is true Not X Returns the Boolean inverse of X using 2 s com plement representation Sort X Returns a vector of subscripts of X an index which allows access to the elements of X in ascending order Sort does not directly sort the val ues in X See the JDL Reference Guide for more information Sqrt X Computes the square root of X Trans Computes the transpose of array X X must be an pose X array Where X Returns a longword vector that contains the one dimensional subscripts of the nonzero elements of the arra
275. singIDL Fields Unique to the Cross Correlation Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field and Browse Button In the Independent 2 text field enter a data name or click Browse to choose a data item from the Data M anager Lag Text Field In the Lag text field enter the offset as an integer value The lag represents a time difference between elements in a dataset and indicates how far to look behind or ahead in time Options for Cross Correlogram Description The Cross Correlogram isa plot which displays Cross Correlation on the y axis versus Lag on thex axis In effect thisisaplotofthe Aio rovelaien cross correlation between the two data sets over time Auto Covariance Cross Correlation Cross Correlogram Typical Uses Cross Covariance Image Correlation Cross Correlogram can be used to graphically display the Kendall Correlation stationarity of atime series consisting of two datasets Thismaybe linea Corelation Linear Correlation Matrix useful in predicting data trends and fluctuations in time Linear Covariance Linear Covariance Matrix Multiple Correlation Algorithm Droplist n AA From the Algorithm droplist select Cross Correlogram Dialog options for this algorithm are displayed Using Insight Correlation 112 Chapter 6 Analyzing Da
276. smoothingisnot applied to all points Insight will copy end points from the original array to the result with no smoothing Click M ore Thedialog expands Click in the Output text field and enter I mage 4 as the new name for the data From the Visualization droplist select new and click OK Insight visualizes the smoothed data in the next available space in the tiling scheme the upper right space in the Visualization window Exercise 9 Process Image 4 1 Select Image 4 Onceagain select Process Images from theAnalyzemenu In the Process Image dialog you will notice that the name of the data I mage4 already appearsin the Image text field From the algorithm droplist select Rotate mage In the Degrees Panel select Other and enter 10 in the Other text field This will rotate the image 10 degrees clockwise Check Preserve Aspect Ratio checkbox Click M ore Thedialog expands Click in the Output text field and enter I mage 5 as the new name for the data From the Visualization droplist select new and click Apply so wecan just view it on atrial basis When you request a new visualization Insight will go ahead and placeit in the next available space Even though the next available space in our tiling scheme the lower left space is occupied by the first visualization Insight replaces it with the fifth visualiz
277. ss DL Sing nsight Insight Version 2 2 IDL Version 5 2 November 1998 Edition Copyright Research Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Restricted Rights Notice TheIDL software program and the accompanying procedures functions and documentation described herein are sold under license agreement Their use duplication and disclosure are subject to the restrictions stated in the license agreement Limitation of Warranty Research Systems Inc makes no warranties either express or implied as to any matter not expressly set forth in the license agreement including without limitation the condition of the software merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Research Systems Inc shall not be liable for any direct consequential or other damages suffered by the Licensee or any others resulting from use of the IDL software package or its documentation Most Current Documentation Because changes may be made to IDL after documentation has gone to press please consult I D L s hypertext online help system for the most current version of this document Permission to Reproduce this M anual Purchasers of IDL licenses are given limited permission to reproduce this manual provided such copies arefor their useonly and arenot sold or distributed to third parties All such copies must contain the title page and this notice page in their entirety Acknowledgments IDL is a trademark of Research Systems Inc registered
278. ss than thesize of thedimension minus one Sort Menu Option Select Sort to open a Sort dialog in which you can sort selected vectors in ascending or descending order For more detail see SORT ROTATE and UNIQ in the IDL Reference Guide Using The Sort Dialog 1 Select to sort the data values in either Ascending or Descending order Conditioning Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 47 Name Larger Dist 60 1 From p J To Figure 3 10 Sample Dialog for 2D Arrays Name Cosine 360 Ascending Descending I Unique Elements OK Cancel Help Figure 3 11 Sort Dialog for Vectors 2 Select the Unique Elements checkbox to keep repeated values out of the sort Insight will then sort only unique values Transpose Menu Option Select Transpose to open a Transpose dialog which allows you to transpose an array The array can be oneto eight dimensions Transpose dialog options depend on dimensionality of the selected data For a two dimensional array Insight rearranges the dimensions of the array from column major format to row major format or vice versa Row major format means that the linear order of the data elements proceeds from thefirst element of the first row through the last element of the first row before beginning on the second row etc For arrays of higher dimensionality the Transpose dialog allows you to specify the transposition order For
279. t 4 Usethe Format field to enter aformat string minus parenthesis which will be used as the default format for displaying data values textually See format codes in Using IDL for more information 5 When you are finished click OK to change the attributes for the data and close the dialog Editing and Creating Data Using Insight Chapter 3 Working With Data 41 The Image Data Attributes dialog Attributes listed in the mageAttributes dialog include name classification Name bogeckofT Data ype cine sons Aamen siza Sion eae T minimum maximum source display Mi 0 Max 255 order true color color table ES ias e description and last modification date mong EE and time Hanbow Whe Bottom Up bogeckof1 Data zi C Top Down 1 To change the name click in the Name text field and edit Pea Ae eet Description 2 Select Bottom U p Top Down or Read from bogecko f1 gif GIF file gt Not Set to specify the order in which the image should be written to the a screen If you select Not Set Insight ak _ Cancel Help determines the order based on theim age s visualization properties 3 Fromthescrolling list select the color table desired Only indexed color images use color tables For more information see Color Tables in Chapter 12 of Using IDL 4 Usethe Format field to enter a format string minus parenthesis which will be used a
280. t The Process mages dialog is shown in Figure 6 7 Common Fields in the Process Image Dialog Different image processing algorithms require different types of i input data As a result when you select different algorithms from the Algorithm droplist the Process Images dialog displays the appropriate fields This section describes the fields in the Process Images dialog that are the same for all versionsof the dialog Fieldsthat areuniqueto a particular algorithm aredescribed under that algorithm s heading Image Processing Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 133 Sl Process Images INPUTS Algorithm Rotate MORE OUTPUTS Dutput Image Processed Data Browse If Output Name in Use Degrees clockwise 90 C 180 C 270 othe 000000 P Preserve Aspect Ratio Display Message Replace Data Item s Value Replace Data Item OUTPUTS Generate Unique Name Visualization new Apply Cancel Help Figure 6 7 The Process Images Dialog Algorithm Droplist Choose the type of image processing you wish to perform from the Algorithm droplist Image Text Field and Browse Button In the Image text field enter a data name or click Browse to rS select an image from the Data Browser Select one item and click ria OK Thedataname appears in the text field Visualization Droplist p From the Visualization droplist select one of two opti
281. t color mode Usingindexed color modeisonly necessary if your display device video card uses 8 bit color rather than 24 bit color 3 Thetutorial ipj fileshould be selected in the Getting Started dialog see Exercise 3 in Tutorial 1 for an explanation of creating tutorial ip3j Click OK to open the tutorial project 4 Select Clear from the View menu then select 2 X 2 from the View menu to set up the Visualization window so we can visualize more than one data item at once This option gives you a tiling scheme for four visualizations two on the top row and two on the bottom Insight will placethe first visualization in the lower left hand corner the second in the lower right hand corner the third in the upper left hand corner and the fourth in the upper right hand corner 5 Select Preferences from the file menu Setting the number of reserved colors will not take effect until the next IDL session not just Insight session and only works if the first graphics window opened is the Insight Visualization Window In the Selection Visual Using Insight Chapter 7 Insight Tutorials 175 Options panel in the lower right hand side of the dialog select Yellow from the color droplist Now every time you select something in the Visualization window the selected item will be highlighted in yellow Click OK Now were ready to begin visualizing and analyzing data Exercise 2 Visualize an Im
282. t specified Insight uses the minimum and maximum Y values of the data item INSVIS Using Insight Chapter 9 Extending Insight The following topics are covered in this chapter About Insight PIUQINS eee 204 General Guidelines for Writing Plugins 205 File Plyg NSn ueniat 206 Conditioning PlugINS e 210 Analysis PlugInNS a 212 203 204 Chapter 9 Extending Insight This chapter describes how you can add functionality to Insight by creating Plugins Detailed knowledge of Insight s underlying code architecture is not required to build a Plugin however Plugin authors must e haveaworking knowledge of IDL and e follow the Insight Plugin development guidelines described in this chapter Insight Plugins use routines which are described in Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface About Insight Plugins A Plugin is a set of routines written in the IDL language and stored in an IDL pro file Plugins must follow Insight s Plugin conventions as described in this chapter The three types of Insight Pluglns are e File see File Plugins on page 206 e Conditioning see Conditioning Plugins on page 210 e Analysis see Analysis Plugins on page 212 Installing Plugins Installing a Plugin into Insight requires little more than putting theIDL pro file containing the Plugin codein a directory and telling Insight where to search The steps are 1 Select Preferences from the File
283. t such as IDL dumps corewhen allocating dynamic memory is not nearly as useful as onelike IDL dumps corewhen execute the following statements think it might be trying to get dynamic memory The second version tells us exactly what happened Theopinion about what was going on when the problem surfaced is also useful to us but it helps to have it clearly labeled as such Reproducibility Intermittent bugs are by far the hardest kind to fix In general if we can t make it happen on our machine we can t fix it It is therefore far more likely that we can help you if you can tell us a sequence of IDL statements that cause the problem to happen Naturally there are degrees of reproducibility Situations where a certain sequence of statements causes the bug 1 timein 3 tries are fairly likely to be fixable Situations where the bug happens once every few months and no oneis sure what triggered it are almost hopeless Reporting Problems Using Insight Chapter 1 Overview 9 Simplify the Problem When reporting a bug it is important to give us the shortest possible series of IDL statements that causeit The longer and moreintricatean example theless likely it is that we can help Sometimes a single statement triggers the bug Often though the problen surfaces when writing alarger system of inter related procedures and functions Such a situation must be simplified before we can begin to work on it Take the following steps to simplif
284. ta Note For moreinformation seeC_CORRELATE in theIDL Reference Guide and Corre lation Analysis in Chapter 15 of UsingIDL Cross Correlogram Figure 6 2 Cross Correlogram Fields Unique to the Cross Correlogram Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussion of the fields that are common to all of the correlation dialogs Independent 2 Text Field and Browse Button In the Independent 2 text field enter a data name or click Browse to choose a data item from the Data M anager Options for Cross Covariance Description Cross Covariance is the same as cross correlation except non zero s Auto Correlati mean values of the data are removed before the calculation be Cepa Auto Covariance i Cross Correlation Typical Uses E Correlogram Advanced statistical analysis peepee mage Correlation Kendall Correlation Linear Correlation Algorithm D roplist F La Coreen Matrix From theAlgorithm droplist select Cross Covariance Dialog Linear Coveriance a x z Linear Covariance Matrix options for this algorithm are displayed Multiple Correlation Partial Correlation Note For moreinformation seeC_CORRELATE in theIDL Refer eee ence Guideand Correlation Analysis in Chapter 15 of Using IDL Fields Unique to the Cross Covariance Dialog Thefollowing fields areuniqueto this dialog See The Correlate Dialog on page 105 for a discussi
285. ters DM The Data M anager window displays a table listing the attributes of data items which have been imported or created for the project Insight lists data names in row headers with attributes displayed in columns to the right DataManager Data Manager c idlb3 IDL51 examples insight projects example2 ipj menubar ___ File Edit View Condition Help Classification 360 of options Cosine 360 Damped Sine 180 J Vector Data Names Domed Surface 60 60 listed in row Formulator Output Integer 100 Formulator headers oisy Damped Sine 180 Float 180 Pool Pebble Float 60 60 Sine 360 Float 360 Vibrations Float 60 60 Figure 3 1 Data Manager Window The Data Manager Window Menubar Sombrero Float 60 60 ee Attribute Columns D sort by specifi attribute the desired column header DataAttribute listed in columnsothe right of eack data name Themenubar across the top of the Data M anager window has fivemain menus File Edit View Condition and Help When you select amenu option that is followed by an ellipsis Insight opens a dialog or window so you can enter more information or select options before performing an operation The operations you can perform include customizing your view of data and attributes creating importing and exporting data conditioning existing data viewing and modifying attributes of existing data viewing data values The Data Manager Wi
286. that data and styles combinations of characteristics that define how individual visualization elements appear you want to appear in every project are included when you open anew project Template files are similar in content to other project files but have a special name location and internal format Any project file may be used as the template simply give it the appropriate name and location If necessary Insight will convert it to the proper format and back up the original file with extension ipx On Windows and M acintosh systems the template file is stored in the hook subdirectory of the IDL 1ib directory On Unix and VMS systems the template file is stored in your home directory Using Insight Managing Projects The File Menu 20 Chapter 2 Getting Started If you alter or replace the insight22 ip file all new projects you create from then on will take on the characteristics of the new template file Note Template files for Insight Version 1 0 were named insight ipj Old template files existing in home directories will remain untouched to permit uninterrupted use of previous versions of Insight Note If aregular project file from a previous version of Insight is opened and then saved it will automatically be converted to the new format The original file will be backed up with extension i where is the Insight version number without the decimal point eg 110 for Version 1 0 Open Project Menu Option Select O pen P
287. the action to take This is the default option 3 Thevalue of the existing color table will be replaced This will cause dynamic updating to occur for any current uses e g an image visualization would update to reflect the new value 4 This option is present for compatibility with the REPLACE keyword It is equivalent to option 3 DESCRIPTION Set this keyword equal to astring or an array of strings containing descriptions of each data item being imported into Insight If fewer descriptions are present than the number of data items being imported Insight will cycle through the list of descriptions If this keyword is not specified descriptions will not be included with imported data items _EXTRA Use this keyword when writing File or Analysis Plugins Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will be used by Insight to pass information between a File or Analysis Plugin and Insight itself When Insight invokes a File Plugln s read procedure callback or an Analysis Plugin s apply function callback it passes a structure of information in through the callback s EXTRA keyword Pass that structure back to Insight vialNSPUT s EXTRA keyword See File Plugins on page 206 or Analysis Plugins on page 212 for details GROUP Use this keyword when writing Plugins or applications Using Insight INSPUT 196 INSPUT Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface Set this keyword equal to the widget ID of a
288. tive linear correlation an output value of 0 98 indicates a high negative linear correlation and an output value close to zero indicates a poor linear correlation The Correlate Dialog When you select the Correlate option from the Analyze menu the Correlate dialog opens The Correlate dialog allows you to select a correlation algorithm specify data to correlate and generate output data Select a correlation algorithm by selecting a type of correlation from the Algorithm droplist The Correlate dialog is shown in Figure 6 1 Common Fields in the Correlate Dialog Different correlation algorithms require different types of input data As a result when you select different correlation algorithms from the Algorithm droplist the Correlate dialog displays the appropriate fields This section describes the fields in the Correlate dialog that are the same for all versions of the dialog Fields that are unique to a particular algorithm are described under that algorithm s heading Using Insight Correlation 106 Correlation Correlate xi Chapter 6 Analyzing Data INPUTS Algorithm a Correlation Output Correlated Data Independent a TER Display Message OUTPUTS MORE OUTPUTS Replace Data Item s Value Replace Data Item Generate Unique Name Visualization none Into New Axes Plot Type Ene IF Summary Apply Cancel Help F
289. to designate the thickness of the rectangle Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired thickness The number is displayed above the slider Numbers range from 1 to 10 pixels Line Type Droplist From the Line Type droplist select a line type for the rectangle Options are solid dotted dashed dash dot dash dot dot and long dashes Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the rectangle from view Note To makeahidden annotation visible Select the Visualization M anager option from the Edit menu The Visualization M anager Window appearslisting all Visualizations annotations and elements Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option Text Annotation To edit a text annotation either double click on it or use the Edit lt graphic gt Properties menu Text Field Enter the annotation text in the Text text field M ultiple line entries are allowed Note that the text may be an annotation formula which should follow these general rules Each line of the annotation is parsed once left to right for vertical bars Two vertical bars surrounding a data item name will be replaced by the corresponding data value s possibly requiring multiple lines Two adjacent bars will be replaced by a single bar e Two bars surrounding text that is not a data item name will be left as is Browse Use browse to select a
290. tor Output Note Besureto check theappropriateboxin the If Result DataN amein Use list described above 2 Evaluate the Formula Click on the Evaluate Formula button to evaluate the formula Note that once you evaluate the formula the result is put into a data item if Result Data Name is specified and it can be manipulated in the usual fashion and also be accessed using the Data M anager You can re do steps 1 and 2 as often as you like Formulator Example In the following example we will create a data item called SAM PLE a50 element array set to its index value and calculate its median value The result will be stored in the data item Med Samp 1 From the Pulldown M enu select Array Findgen X and then enter the number 50 in place of X ecu rece Ane 2 Click on the More gt gt button and enter thename sampe into Result Data Name Result Data Name Browse SAMPLE Steps 1 and 2 may be reversed 3 Now click on Evaluate Formula to evaluate the equation and create the data item I eskasia Parada 4 Click on Clear Formula to clear the formula area Oss Fuels 5 From the Pulldown Menu select Statistics and Median X i Formulator Anay Conversion Statistics Transcendental Other The Formulator Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 155 A 6 You can now ether use Browse to insert SAMP
291. ual to a string to use as the title for the Data Browser dialog If this keyword is not set the dialog title will be Choose Insight Data Examples INSGET To get a data item from Insight to the DL command line IDL gt myData INSGET My Data To browse for oneor more Insight data items if more than one item is selected a structure will be returned IDL gt sDataltems INSGET To browse for two dimensional data items returning a count of the number of items returned IDL gt sDataltems INSGET DIMS_LIST 2 COUNT count To browse for two and three dimensional data items using the given browser title returning the associated color table if present and allowing only one data item to be selected IDL gt image INSGET DIMS_LIST 2 3 TITLE Select an Image Using Insight Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 193 IDL gt RED r GREEN g BLUE b EXCLUSIVE Dialogs The following information relates to dialogs which may appear when using IN SGET Project Browser If morethan one project is open this dialog will open to let you choose which project to get data from Finize Select amp Project Mie rod Pen ject Lie homaro Penje ipi _ Colne 3m2 _ Cae pet Big 100 _ Qanped fine 340 _ Gin on iore Saar taco _ Head Honda _ Ldy Bath L ge her E lega Aamp 80 cm cwci Hep ton Figure 8 1 Project and Data Browser Dialogs Data Browser If no argument i
292. ualizeMenu visualizingdata 0150 The Visualize Menu 52 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 52 endnonscroll 52 nstopic LinePlotOption visualizingdata 0160 Line Plot 53 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 53 endnonscroll 53 defn inst33 53 defn inst32 53 nstopic ScatterPlotOption visualizingdata 0170 Scatter Plot 54 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 54 Using Insight 235 endnonscroll 54 defn inst35 54 defn inst34 54 nstopic HistogramOption visualizingdata 0180 Histogram 55 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 55 endnonscroll 55 defn inst37 55 defn inst36 55 nstopic PolarPlotOption visualizingdata 0190 Polar Plot 56 topicmacro CIB chapter PI endnonscroll 56 defn inst39 56 defn inst38 56 nstopic ContourOption visualizingdata 0200 Contour 58 nav_visualizingdata 56 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 58 endnonscroll 58 defn inst41 58 defn inst40 58 nstopic ImageOption visualizingdata 0210 Image 59 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 59 endnonscroll 59 defn inst43 59 defn inst42 59 nstopic SurfaceOption visualizingdata 0220 Surface 60 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 60 endnonscroll 60 defn inst45 60 defn inst44 60 nstopic AnnotationsOption visualizingdata 0230 Annotations 61 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_visualizingdata 61 endnonscroll 61 nstopic View
293. ula goes here mdame Lasin Perm Scalar result or Figure 6 20 The Formulator lt lt Less dimensionality of More gt gt result displayed here button Browse Button Clicking on the Browse button located beside the Basic Operators brings up the Data Browser which allows you to choosefrom alist of dataitenswhich can beusedfor arguments F of formulas ce Doubleclick on the data item to bring it into the formulator Aaaa Sanaa ET e The Formulator Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 153 Note All DL data items used in a formula must be enclosed by the vertical bar character a l Result lt Arrayl IBW Arrayl Clear Formula Button Clicking Clear Formula clears the Formula field of all input poco Evaluate Formula Button When you have finished creating a formula click the Evaluate miima Formula button to compute the result of the expression shown in the Formula field Result Data Name Text Field and Browse Button fink Cite Mane Choose the appropriate button to determine how duplicate data names will be handled dune i arais apal II Fiap Coste Minune br Liaw e Display Message Displays a dialog warning message if the Output data name is already in use by another data item E Drp Megs C Rase Daai a ae fpe Daa toon e Replace Dataltem s Value Replaces the value of an existing data item of the same name Thiswill result in dynamic updati
294. uld be saved Project files should be saved with an ipj file extension Export Menu Option Select Export to export a visualization or window When you choose the Visualization or Window submenu a dialog will pop up that allows you to name or rename the exported fileand set various attributes of the file The exported file will have Managing Projects The File Menu Using Insight Chapter 2 Getting Started 21 the extension gif jpg bmp etc For more information see Export File M enu Option on page 34 Import File Menu Option Select Import File to importa datafile A fileselection dialog opens select the file you wish to import and click OK If Insight recognizes the file extension gif jpg etc it will automatically import the file If it does not recognize the file extension it will open the Select File Format for Import dialog allowing you to choosea file format For more information on importing files see Import File M enu Option on page 36 Note You can import a file with a file format other than standard IDL formats by writing aFilePlugin that handlesthe desired fileformat See FilePluglns on page206 Once you have added a File Plugin to Insight that complies with the PlugIn guidelines Insight will recognize the file format and add it to the list of available file formats Import File As Menu Option Select Import FileAs to import a data file The only dif
295. unction removing data and visualizations that were created by an Analysis Plugin If this keyword isnot specified no command IDs are returned and Insight assumes you are not calling the routine from within an Analysis Plugin See Apply Function Callback on page 213 for more on command IDs and their use COUNT Set this keyword equal to a named variable that will contain the number of items put into Insight If the routine fails the number of items will be 0 Using Insight Chapter 8 Insight s IDL Interface 195 CT_NAME Set this keyword equal to a string containing the name of the color table being imported into Insight keywords RED GREEN BLUE and IMAGE Seethe CT_REPLACE keyword for details on how names are used The default is to use the name of the first data item see keyword NAME CT_NEW_NAME Set this keyword equal to anamed variable that will contain a string representing the actual name assigned to the color table imported into Insight This keyword is useful if the CT_REPLACE keyword is set to zero or two CT_REPLACE Set this keyword to an integer value that determines how Insight will act when it attempts to createa color tablewith anamethat is already in usein theColor M anager Theoptions are as follows 0 Thenew color table will be given a unique name 1 Theexisting color table will be replaced by anew one i e theold table will be deleted and anew one created 2 User will be prompted for
296. value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired number The number is displayed above the slider Numbers range from oneto the number of points in the data Color Droplist From the Color droplist select a color for the line This option is particularly useful when working with several plots in the Visualization window allowing you to easily distinguish each Hidden Checkbox Select this option to hide the selected element from view Note To makea hidden graphic element visible Select the Visualization M anager option from theEdit menu The Visualization M anager Window appearslisting all elements The Properties Dialogs Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 77 of all Visualizations Select the hidden element and click the Edit button In the Properties dialog deselect the Hidden option Line Type Droplist From the Line Type droplist select a type for the line Options are solid dotted dashed dash dot dash dot dot and long dashes This option is particularly useful when working with several plotsin the Visualization window allowing you to easily distinguish each Thickness Slider Use this slider to designate the thickness of the line Adjust the slider value by clicking in its bar or dragging its knob to the desired thickness The rangeis from 1 to 10 pixels The thickness is displayed above the slider This option is particularly useful when working with several linesin the
297. workingwithvis 0500 Properties Dialog for Surfaces 85 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 85 endnonscroll 85 defn inst57 85 Using Insight 237 nstopic PropertiesDialogforAxes workingwithvis 0550 Properties Dialog for Axes 87 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 87 endnonscroll 87 defn inst59 87 nstopic PropertiesDialogforAnnotations workingwithvis 0560 Properties Dialog for Annota tions 90 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 90 endnonscroll 90 endnonscroll 90 nstopic AboutStyles workingwithvis 0700 About Styles 100 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_workingwithvis 100 endnonscroll 100 nstopic AnalyzingData analyzingdata 0100 Analyzing Data 101 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 101 endnonscroll 101 nstopic TheAnalyzeMenu analyzingdata 0120 The Analyze Menu 102 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 102 endnonscroll 102 defn InsightFormulatorDefinition 102 defn AnalysisPlugInsDefinition 102 nstopic CorrelateMenuOption analyzingdata 0140 Correlation 103 topicmacro CIB chapter PI endnonscroll 103 nav_analyzingdata 103 crossref correlation gt SecWin idl hlp 103 nstopic TheCorrelateDialog analyzingdata 0150 The Correlate Dialog 103 topicmacro CIB chapter PI nav_analyzingdata 103 endnonscroll 103 midtopic databrowserl 104 defn DataBrowserDialog 104 nstopic DialogForAutoCorrelation analyzingdata 0160 D
298. y 0180 Visualization Toolbar Definition 236 DataManagerWindowDefinition glossary 0190 Data Manager Window Definition 236 ExtendingInsightDefinition glossary 0200 Extending Insight Definition 236 InsightAnnotationDefinition glossary 0210 Insight Annotation Definition 236 DataAttributesDefinition glossary 0220 Data Attributes Definition 236 DataandFilesDefinition glossary 0230 DataandFilesDefinition 236 TemplateProjectDefinition glossary 0240 Template Project definition 236 ExampleProjectDefinition glossary 0260 Example Project Definition 236 VisualizationStylesDefinition glossary 0270 Visualization Styles Definition 236 FileFormatDefinition glossary 0290 File Format Definition 236 InsightPreferencesDefinition glossary 0300 InsightPreferences 237 InsightFormulatorDefinition glossary 0310 Insight Formulator 237 DataConditioningDefinition glossary 0320 DataConditioningDefinition 237 ScalarDataDefinition glossary 0330 ScalarDataDefinition 237 ArrayDataDefinition glossary 0340 ArrayDataDefinition 237 ByteDefinition glossary 0350 ByteDefinition 237 IntegerDefinition glossary 0360 IntegerDefinition 237 LongDefinition glossary 0370 LongDefinition 237 FloatDefinition glossary 0380 Float Definition 237 DoubleFloatDefinition glossary 0390 Double Float Definition 237 ComplexDefinition glossary 0400 Complex Definition 237 DoubleComplexDefinition glossary 0410 Double Complex Definition 237 StringDefinition glossary 0
299. y X Table 6 7 Formulator Other Menu Functions Basic Operators The Formulator contains buttons for numbers operators and symbols for common operations such as multiplication division addition Fama Fe Fre Hl Het i Seat CI Ei Cet Tipae Pt whens Fel Tepl Cesis a boro rrene be oe Uaa ama daa subtraction and exponentiation To insert or use one of these simply click the desired button The Formulator Using Insight Chapter 6 Analyzing Data 0 1 2 9 Digits EE Exponential e g 10 Parentheses to enclose arguments e g Find gen 100 X Multiplication Addition Subtraction Division PI Single precision value of pi Additional Operators Click More gt gt to extend the Formulator and access additional operators See Chapter 3 Expressions and Operators of Building IDL Applications for more details Table 6 8 Formulator Basic Operators MOG Brackets to enclose arrays e g x 10 5 lt Minimum operator gt Maximum operator Comma Array multiplication column x row HH Matrix multiplication row x column DPI Double precision PI MOD _ Returns the remainder of division AND And OR Or XOR Exclusive Or NOT Not LT Less than GT Greather than LE Less than or Equal to GE Greater than or Equal to NE Not Equal to Table 6 9 Formu
300. y be prompted to savethe project if you have made changes and did not hit the Save button Moving Visualizations and Elements You can move Visualizations in two ways e Using the mouse select a Visualization or element H olding down the mouse drag the element to the desired location and release the mouse e Using the mouse double click on a Visualization to bring up the Properties dialog Alternatively select the Visualization and use the Visualization M anager s Edit button to open the Properties dialog The Properties dialog allows you to enter a new location For moreinformation on changing properties see General Visualization Properties on page 74 Sizing Visualizations To scale a Visualization select it and use the Visualization s scaling handles Using the mouse select a Visualization Scaling handles are located in the four corners of the Visualization s bounding box Simply click ahandle hold down themouse drag until you reach the desired size and release the mouse The Visualization remains selected Rotating Surfaces To rotate a surface displayed in the Visualization window select the surface Holding down the mouse drag across the surface in the desired direction of rotation When you reach the desired rotation release the mouse Moving Visualizations and Elements Using Insight Chapter 5 Working With Visualizations 73 Hint Fornon solid surfaces makesureyou areclickingand dragging apoint
301. y your problem e Copy the procedure and function files that are involved to a scratch second copy Never modify your only copy e Eliminate everything that is not involved in demonstrating the bug Don t do this all at once Instead do it in a series of slow careful steps Between each step stop and run IDL on the result to ensure that the bug still appears e f asimplification causes the bug to disappear restore the statements involved and look for other things to eliminate e ftheproblem doesnotinvolvefilel nput Output striveto eiminateall filel O statements UseIDL routines to generate a dummy data set rather than including your own data If your bug report does not involve I O it will be much easier for us to reproduce If you have to provide us with a copy of your data things become more complicated On the other hand if the bug involves file Input Output attempt to determine if the problem only happenswith acertain file or with any data If you arerunning under VM S check the file organization using the DCL DIRECTORY FULL command and include this information in your report Theend result of such simplification should be asmall number of IDL statements that demonstrate the problem Bugs with Dynamic Loading Under some operating systems the CALL_EXTERNAL and LINKIMAGE system routines allow you to dynamically load routines written in other languages into IDL This is a very powerful technique for extending IDL but
302. yed in italic type In the above example X Y and Z are all arguments Square brackets Square brackets used in calling sequences indicate that the enclosed arguments are optional Do nottypethebrackets In theaboveCON TOUR example X and Y areoptional arguments Square brackets are also used to specify array elements Courier type In examples or program listings things that you must enter at the command lineor ina file are displayed in courier type Results or data that IDL displays on your computer screen are shown in courier bold type An example might direct you to enter the following at the IDL command prompt array INDGEN 5 Typographical Conventions Using Insight Chapter 1 Overview 7 PRINT array In this case the results are shown like this 0 1 2 3 4 Reporting Problems We rive to make IDL and Insight as reliable and bug free as possible H owever no program with the size and complexity of IDL is perfect and bugs do surface When you encounter a problem with IDL the manner in which you report it has a large bearing on how well and quickly we can fix it This section is intended to help you report problems in away that will help us correct the problem rapidly Background Information When abugisreported and verified we correct itin a later release Sometimes a bug only occurs when running on acertain machine operating system or graphics device For these reasons we need to know the following facts w
303. you can visualize data the hub from which you can navigate to analysis dialogs the D ata M anager window and other Insight projects the window in which you save changes to the project open additional projects close the current project and exit Insight Using Insight 226 An Insight project is a group of related components which are used together A single Insight project contains various types of information including the configuration of a visualization window a data area styles color tables etc You manage save and store multiple Insight components together as a project in a file with an ipj extension The Visualization toolbar features buttons corresponding to various Visualization menu and annotation options When amenu option is disabled the corresponding toolbar button is disabled as well The toolbar is located across the top of the Visualization window below the menubar When you move the mouse over each button the name of the button appears in the lower left hand corner of the Visualization window The Data M anager window is your view of the Insight data area associated with the Insight project The Data M anager contains a list of data items with specific information about each called attributes To open the Data M anager window select the Data M anager option from the FileM enu in theVisualization window As a shortcut you can click the Data M anager button in the Visualization Toolbar
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
1 Drücken Sie - CONRAD Produktinfo. Artwizz SeeJacket Leather FLIP+ file - Horsch Maschinen GmbH User Guide PDF USER'S MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Sony ADP-AMA Marketing Specifications SEMAINE DU 14 AU 20 NOVEMBRE 2012 Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file